WO2023131222A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023131222A1
WO2023131222A1 PCT/CN2023/070629 CN2023070629W WO2023131222A1 WO 2023131222 A1 WO2023131222 A1 WO 2023131222A1 CN 2023070629 W CN2023070629 W CN 2023070629W WO 2023131222 A1 WO2023131222 A1 WO 2023131222A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time domain
domain position
time
serving cell
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/070629
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
辛睿
魏璟鑫
张力
黄甦
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210935716.5A external-priority patent/CN116456328A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023131222A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023131222A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/22Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H04W8/24Transfer of terminal data

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • the user equipment (user equipment, UE) performs downlink positioning measurement tasks in the measurement window (measurement gap, MG).
  • MG parameters for example, MG period, MG duration, etc.
  • PRS positioning reference signals
  • the UE needs to measure the positioning reference signals (positioning reference signals, PRS) from the serving cell and the PRS of the non-serving cell, so as to meet the multiple downlink positioning methods supported in the NR-Rel-16 protocol. For example, downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA), downlink angle of departure (DL-AOD).
  • DL-TDOA downlink time difference of arrival
  • DL-AOD downlink angle of departure
  • the phase position between the PRS resources of the serving cell and the PRS resources of the non-serving cell is determined by the expected reference signal time difference (expected reference signal time difference, expected RSTD) and The uncertainty of the expected reference signal arrival time difference (expected RSTD uncertainty) determination.
  • the UE needs to request the base station to configure the MG.
  • the MG request is initiated by the UE through RRC signaling, and then the base station configures the corresponding MG for the UE. Therefore, the configuration process of the MG takes a lot of time. Introduce MG-free localization measurement in NR-Rel-17 protocol to improve the efficiency of localization measurement.
  • the data service of the terminal equipment and the positioning measurement service of the non-serving cell exist simultaneously. If there is a conflict between the data service and the positioning measurement service, the service may be prioritized or discarded. It is worth considering how the base station should schedule the data of the terminal equipment in the scenario of no MG positioning measurement to improve the data scheduling performance.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are used for an access network device to determine data scheduling of a terminal device based on capability information. Realize that the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively schedule the data of the terminal equipment, and improve the performance of data scheduling.
  • the first aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the terminal device determines the capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum reception time difference supported by the terminal device, receiving The time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; the terminal device sends capability information.
  • the terminal device may send capability information, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the second aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device may determine the positioning measurement behavior and the data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position. Therefore, it is beneficial for the terminal device to execute corresponding services at the corresponding time domain positions, and it is beneficial to ensure the normal progress of the services.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device may determine the positioning measurement behavior and the data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position. Therefore, it is beneficial for the terminal device to execute corresponding services at the corresponding time domain positions, and it is beneficial to ensure the normal progress of the services.
  • the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes a first non-serving cell; determining the first time domain position by the terminal device includes:
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the reference cell is the serving cell or a non-serving cell of the terminal device. district.
  • This implementation shows a specific way for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device may combine at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell
  • One term determines the first time domain position. Therefore, it is convenient to determine which time domain positions on the serving cell the first non-serving cell is mapped to, and it is convenient for the terminal device to determine processing behaviors at these time domain positions.
  • the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes the first non-serving cell; At least one item of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell determines the first time domain position, including:
  • the terminal device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold
  • the terminal device determines the second time domain where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell Location;
  • the terminal device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position is located at the second time domain position Before the start time domain position and continuous with the start time domain position, the fourth time domain position is after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position
  • the duration of the time domain position is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell;
  • the terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position.
  • a specific process for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position is provided.
  • the terminal device can determine which time domain positions of the serving cell the PRS of the first serving cell is mapped to, and open half the length of the search window before and after these time domain positions. Then the terminal device may consider the processing behavior at the first time domain location, which is beneficial for the terminal device to process corresponding services reasonably and ensure the normal progress of some services with higher priority.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device determines the fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
  • the terminal device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
  • the terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position, including:
  • the terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the first time domain position.
  • the first time domain position also includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, so that the terminal device can also judge the corresponding processing behavior at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. It is beneficial for the terminal device to reasonably prioritize corresponding services.
  • the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a system frame number offset (system frame number offset, SFN-offet) of the serving cell, an expected reference Signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
  • the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
  • the positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the reference cell, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning Reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • some specific content of the positioning assistance information is shown, which is beneficial for the terminal device to determine the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the corresponding cell in combination with the positioning assistance information.
  • the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position, including:
  • the terminal device receives the PRS at the first time domain position, and does not receive data from the access network device at the first time domain position ;or,
  • the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, and the physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink share channel, PDSCH) or aperiodic channel state information reference signal (aperiodic channel state information) of the terminal device reference signal, AP-CSI-RS) falls in the first time domain position, the initial time domain position of the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) and the initial time domain position of PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS
  • the time interval between is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then the terminal device ignores or does not process PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS, and the terminal device performs PRS measurement at the first time domain position, and M is greater than or An integer equal to 0, N is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the PDCCH is used to determine the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS.
  • the terminal device determines the processing behavior at the first time domain position in combination with the priority of the service.
  • the terminal device is based on the priority of the service, it is also possible to finally determine the processing behavior at the first time domain position in combination with the scheduling time of the data. Therefore, it is beneficial for the terminal device to ensure the priority of services, and it is beneficial to reasonably make corresponding processing behaviors and improve communication performance.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located The corresponding time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located;
  • the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, the second The time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the time slot is located, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located;
  • the first time slot is One of the time slots occupied by the serving cell, the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the time slot of the serving cell
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol,
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located
  • the synchronization between the non-serving cell and the serving cell may be at the slot level, or at the symbol level, or at the radio frame level.
  • the synchronization situation between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
  • the first time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a serving cell
  • the second time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell
  • the first time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell
  • the first radio frame is a radio frame occupied by the PRS of the serving cell
  • the second radio frame is the radio frame occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time slot, the second time slot, the first time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol, the first radio frame and the second radio frame are shown in this implementation manner. That is, the time difference between the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of a cyclic prefix (cyclic prefix, CP); or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol.
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device sends first information to the access network device, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or an integer equal to 0.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, which is beneficial for the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the first information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the first information is included in capability information.
  • the terminal device may report the first information through capability information. That is, the first information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device sends capability information, including:
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the location management device or the access network device.
  • the terminal device may send the capability information to the location management device, so that the location management device sends the sending capability information to the access network device.
  • the terminal device directly sends the capability information to the access network device. Therefore, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device sends the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device;
  • the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the terminal device may provide the access network device with the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position where the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the serving cell.
  • the third aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device.
  • the maximum receiving time difference where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information. It is beneficial for the access network equipment to reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment based on the capability information, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the fourth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the access network device determines the eighth time domain position; the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position. Therefore, it is beneficial for the access network equipment to reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the capability information includes the expected receiving time difference threshold; the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
  • the access network device determines the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device may determine the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold, and then determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position. It is beneficial for the access network equipment to perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment reasonably and effectively, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes the first non-serving cell; the access network device determines the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold, including:
  • the access network device determines the eighth time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the specific way for the access network device to determine the eighth time domain position is shown.
  • the access network device can combine the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell At least one item of the information and the expected reception time difference threshold determine an eighth time domain location. Therefore, it is convenient to determine which time domain positions on the serving cell the first non-serving cell is mapped to, and it is convenient for the access network device to determine data scheduling restrictions on these time domain positions.
  • the access network device according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference Thresholds determine the eighth time-domain position, including:
  • the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • the access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, the second PRS mapped on the serving cell by the PRS of the first non-serving cell. time domain position;
  • the access network device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position is located in the second time domain
  • the start time domain position of the position is before and continuous with the start time domain position
  • the fourth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the end time domain position
  • the duration of the third time domain position and The duration of the fourth time domain position is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell
  • the access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device may determine which time domain positions of the serving cell the PRS of the first serving cell is mapped to, and open half the length of the search window before and after these time domain positions. Then, the access network device may consider the data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position, which is beneficial for the access network device to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the method further includes:
  • the access network device determines the fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
  • the access network device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the fifth time domain position and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell;
  • the access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position, including:
  • the access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • the eighth time domain position also includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, so that the access network device can also perform corresponding data scheduling restrictions on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the serving cell is synchronized with the first non-serving cell; the access network device uses the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell At least one item in the information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position, including:
  • the access network device determines the second time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
  • the access network device determines the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the ninth time domain position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is the same as the start time domain position
  • the time domain positions are continuous, and the tenth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the end time domain position; the duration of the ninth time domain position and the duration of the tenth time domain position are both equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • the access network device uses the second time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • This implementation manner provides a specific process for the access network device to determine the eighth time domain position in the case that the first serving cell is synchronized with the serving cell.
  • the access network device may determine which time domain positions of the serving cell the PRS of the first serving cell is mapped to, and set the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold before and after these time domain positions. Then, the access network device may consider the data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position, which is beneficial for the access network device to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position, including:
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the eighth time domain position; or,
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling limit at the eighth time domain position in combination with the service priority of the terminal device, so as to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively, guarantee the service priority of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance .
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the time corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located. domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the time domain position where the second time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located; the first time slot is occupied by the serving cell One of the time slots, the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol,
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located
  • the synchronization between the non-serving cell and the serving cell may be at the slot level, or at the symbol level, or at the radio frame level.
  • the synchronization situation between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol.
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the method further includes:
  • the access network device receives first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is An integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, which is beneficial for the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the first information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the first information is included in capability information.
  • the terminal device may report the first information through capability information. That is, the first information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
  • the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, including:
  • the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device or the location management device.
  • the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device or the location management device, so that the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device or the positioning management device;
  • the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position where the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the serving cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third initial time domain position, and the third initial time domain position is when the access network device sends the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS to the terminal device
  • the initial time domain position of , the third initial time domain position falls on the eighth time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the access network device can schedule the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS at the eighth time domain position M time domain symbols or N time slots in advance, so that the terminal equipment can determine the PDSCH or AP-CSI - the time domain position where the RS is located. It is conducive to ensuring the priority of data services.
  • the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the serving cell, expected reference signal time difference of arrival information, and uncertain expected reference signal time difference of arrival Information, resource set slot offset, positioning reference signal resource slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal continuous time domain symbol;
  • the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
  • the positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the reference cell, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning Reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • some specific content of the positioning assistance information is shown, which is beneficial for the terminal device to determine the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the corresponding cell in combination with the positioning assistance information.
  • the fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the location management device receives capability information from the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is the maximum supported by the terminal device.
  • receiving a time difference where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; the positioning management device sends capability information to the access network device.
  • the location management device sends capability information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, and realize that the access network device can reasonably and effectively process the data of the terminal device. Scheduling to improve data scheduling performance.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, or the first time domain position corresponding to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located.
  • the first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell
  • the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the information, and the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol,
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located
  • the synchronization between the non-serving cell and the serving cell may be at the slot level, or at the symbol level, or at the radio frame level.
  • the synchronization situation between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol.
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the method also includes:
  • the location management device sends the location assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device;
  • the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the positioning management device sends the auxiliary positioning information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position where the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the serving cell.
  • the sixth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the terminal device determines the capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum reception time difference supported by the terminal device, receiving The time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell; the terminal device sends capability information.
  • the terminal device can send capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold It is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal equipment. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device can specifically indicate the data scheduling restriction at a certain time domain position through the scheduling restriction information, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device in combination with the scheduling restriction information, and realize the access network The equipment reasonably and effectively schedules the data of the terminal equipment to improve the performance of data scheduling.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
  • the terminal device may indicate to the access network device the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. In this way, the access network equipment can better schedule the terminal equipment and ensure the service priority of the terminal equipment.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device determines the first time-domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information.
  • a possible manner for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position is provided, which facilitates the implementation of the solution.
  • the terminal device determines all possible time domain ranges where the PRS of the non-serving cell may fall according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the terminal device, and indicates the range to the access network device Data scheduling constraints at the first time domain location. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, including:
  • the terminal device determines the first time-domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position by combining the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold, which is conducive to accurately determining time domain position. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold, including:
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the first information, and the expected reception time difference threshold;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the terminal device further determines the first time domain position in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the method also includes:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time difference information determines a first time domain location.
  • the terminal device determines all possible time domain ranges where the PRS of the non-serving cell falls according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device indicates the first time domain position to the access network device, and the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device may further indicate the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device uses the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the serving cell
  • the uncertainty of the expected reference signal arrival time difference information to determine the first time-domain position including:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time difference information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device combines the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold to determine that the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell has data scheduling restrictions
  • the time domain location is beneficial to accurately determine the time domain location with data scheduling constraints. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is based on the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the serving cell, the serving cell
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty and the expected reception time difference threshold determine the first time domain position, including:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time difference information, the expected receiving time difference threshold and the first information determine the first time domain position
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the terminal device further determines the first time domain position in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the first time domain position corresponds to a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. Therefore, what the access network device needs to consider is the data scheduling limitation at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information. If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the non-serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell determines a first time domain position, and the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and is also used to indicate data scheduling restrictions, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling. performance. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to refer to the information to determine the first time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. It is conducive to the reasonable and effective data scheduling of the access network equipment, ensuring the normal operation of services with higher priority on the terminal equipment, and improving the scheduling performance.
  • the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first timing is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, and the first information. domain location;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the scheduling restriction information further indicates that the first time domain position is determined in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell
  • N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0
  • the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or after the end time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols of .
  • a possible form of the first time domain position is provided. Since the access network device cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The data service conflicts with the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine a second time domain position, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions;
  • the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and
  • the fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold may be used to determine the second time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine which time domain positions need to consider data scheduling restrictions. Secondly, it can be known from the second time domain position above that for the access network device, it cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, and can only detect the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference falls within the expected receiving time difference threshold range. The PRS of the cell performs positioning measurement. Therefore, the terminal device can reasonably indicate the time domain position with data scheduling restriction through the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
  • the scheduling restriction information indicates that there is data scheduling restriction, then the access network device determines the time domain position with data scheduling restriction in combination with other information (such as the expected receiving time difference threshold).
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position
  • the first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell;
  • the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
  • the first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
  • the second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the specific meaning of the receiving time difference is further shown, and the receiving time difference is defined by the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position.
  • the time-domain positions that are beneficial for the terminal device or the access network device to determine which PRSs of the non-serving cells are occupied need to consider data scheduling restrictions. For example, if the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell does not consider data scheduling restrictions.
  • the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell needs to consider data scheduling restrictions.
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location;
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell
  • the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
  • the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell
  • the deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
  • the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell
  • the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the above provides several possible ways of defining the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device or access network device to determine the first initial time domain position of the serving cell and each non-serving cell The corresponding second starting time domain position.
  • the terminal device determines capability information, including:
  • the terminal device determines the scheduling restriction information according to the concurrency capability of the terminal device, and the concurrency capability includes whether the terminal device supports concurrency of data services and positioning measurement services of the terminal device without an MG.
  • a specific manner for the terminal device to determine scheduling restriction information is provided, which facilitates the implementation of the solution.
  • the terminal device determines the scheduling restriction information in combination with whether it supports concurrent capabilities of the terminal device's data service and positioning measurement service without an MG.
  • the terminal device determines scheduling restriction information according to the concurrency capability of the terminal device, including:
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restrictions
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
  • a specific process is provided for the terminal device to determine the scheduling restriction information in combination with whether the terminal device supports the concurrency capability of the terminal device's data service and positioning measurement service without a measurement window.
  • the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services (that is, the terminal device receives data and PRS at the same time), and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no scheduling restrictions.
  • the terminal device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) from the access network device; the terminal device analyzes the PDCCH, and determines the initial time domain position of the PDSCH sent by the access network device to the terminal device; if the start of the PDSCH The initial time domain position falls on the first time domain position, and the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH and the initial time domain position of the PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then the terminal equipment The PDSCH is ignored or not processed, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0
  • the N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the terminal device may choose to ignore the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device may directly process the positioning measurement service at the first time domain position first.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device receives the PDCCH from the access network device; the terminal device parses the PDCCH, and determines the initial time domain position of the PDSCH sent by the access network device to the terminal device; if the initial time domain position of the PDSCH falls in the second time domain position , and the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH and the initial time domain position of the PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH, and the M is greater than or an integer equal to 0.
  • the terminal device may choose to ignore the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device may directly process the positioning measurement service at the second time domain position first.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device sends second information to the access network device, the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or an integer equal to 0.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, which is beneficial for the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the second information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the second information is included in capability information.
  • the terminal device may report the second information through capability information. That is, the second information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is greater than 0 integer.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device .
  • the access network device restricts the behavior of the terminal device according to the importance of the data service, and prevents the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
  • the terminal device sends capability information, including:
  • the terminal device sends capability information to the location management device or the access network device.
  • the terminal device may send the capability information to the location management device, so that the location management device sends the sending capability information to the access network device.
  • the terminal device directly sends the capability information to the access network device. Therefore, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device.
  • the terminal device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the access network device
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the seventh aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device
  • the maximum receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell of the terminal device and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell of the terminal device; the access network device determines the terminal device based on the capability information data scheduling constraints.
  • the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device; then, the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information. Realize that the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively schedule the data of the terminal equipment, and improve the performance of data scheduling.
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position
  • the first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell;
  • the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
  • the first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
  • the second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the specific meaning of the receiving time difference is further shown, and the receiving time difference is defined by the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position.
  • the time-domain positions that are beneficial for the terminal device or the access network device to determine which PRSs of the non-serving cells are occupied need to consider data scheduling restrictions. For example, if the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell does not consider data scheduling restrictions.
  • the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell needs to consider data scheduling restrictions.
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location;
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell
  • the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
  • the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell
  • the deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
  • the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell
  • the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the above provides several possible ways of defining the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device or access network device to determine the first initial time domain position of the serving cell and each non-serving cell The corresponding second starting time domain position.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction; the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
  • the access network device determines A terminal device has data scheduling constraints at a time domain location; or,
  • the access network device determines There is no data scheduling restriction for terminal devices at a time domain location.
  • This implementation manner shows a specific implementation process in which the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the scheduling restriction information and the service priority of the terminal device. For the case where the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position, the access network device also determines whether the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position in combination with the service priority of the terminal device .
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position;
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
  • the network access device determines that the data of the terminal device at the first time domain position has scheduling restrictions; or,
  • the network access device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position; or,
  • the access network device determines that the data of the terminal device at the first target time domain position has scheduling restrictions, the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first The cell is a non-serving cell whose time difference between the corresponding second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold; or,
  • the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the first target time domain position, the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first cell It is a non-serving cell whose time difference between the corresponding second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • This implementation shows a specific process for the access network device to determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device in combination with the scheduling restriction information, the service priority of the terminal device, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the access network device can accurately determine which time domain positions the terminal device has data scheduling, which is conducive to ensuring the normal operation of high-priority services and improving system performance.
  • the capability information includes an expected reception time difference threshold; the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the expected reception time difference threshold;
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • the capability information includes the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position based on expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cell uncertainty, and expected reception time difference threshold. Then, the terminal device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position. Realize that the access network equipment accurately determines the time domain position that needs to be restricted by data scheduling, so as to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively.
  • the capability information also includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information based on the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell A first time domain location is determined.
  • the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information indicates the manner in which the access network device determines the first time domain position, thereby facilitating the implementation of the solution.
  • the access network device determines the first time domain according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the expected reception time difference threshold location, including:
  • the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the expected The first time domain position is determined with reference to the signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold.
  • the access network device may further determine the first time domain position in combination with expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and expected reference signal arrival time difference information of uncertainty of the serving cell. That is, the first time domain position also includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. Further consider the data scheduling restriction of the terminal equipment at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the non-serving cell.
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the cell determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty;
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell. Then the access network device determines the first time domain position based on the information, and determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position. It is beneficial for the access network equipment to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment.
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, including:
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the first information;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
  • the terminal device further determines the first time domain position in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, including:
  • the access network device According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal uncertainty of the serving cell, the access network device The signal time difference of arrival information determines a first time domain location.
  • the access network device determines all possible time domain ranges where the PRS of the non-serving cell falls according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the expected reference signal.
  • the access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the method also includes:
  • the access network device receives the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
  • the access network device receives expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cells and uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cells from the positioning management device or terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the method also includes:
  • the access network device receives the first information from the location management device or the terminal device.
  • the access network device receives the first information from the location management device or the terminal device, so that the access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain position includes: N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain located in the PRS occupation of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols after the symbol.
  • the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or after the end time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols of .
  • a possible form of the first time domain position is provided. Since the access network device cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The data service conflicts with the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
  • the access network equipment cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell There may be a conflict between the data service of the terminal device and the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the first time domain position corresponds to a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. Therefore, what the access network device needs to consider is the data scheduling limitation at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected reception time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the capability information includes the expected reception time difference threshold; the access network device based on the capability
  • the information identifies data scheduling limits for end devices, including:
  • the access network device determines a second time domain position according to the expected receiving time difference threshold, where the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before the initial time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and continuous with the initial time domain position, And the fourth time domain position after the end time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold ; The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the second time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold may be used to determine the second time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine which time domain positions need to consider data scheduling restrictions.
  • the second time domain position it can be seen that for the access network device, it cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, and can only detect the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference falls within the expected receiving time difference threshold range.
  • the PRS of the cell performs positioning measurement.
  • the access network device can determine the time-domain position with data scheduling restriction through the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the method also includes:
  • the access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third initial time domain position, and the third initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH to the terminal device , the third initial time domain position falls on the first time domain position, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots in advance relative to the third initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device to resolve the PDCCH within M time domain symbols or N time slots.
  • the PDCCH is used to determine the position of the data, so that it is convenient to determine whether to prioritize the data service or the positioning measurement service at the time domain position after M time domain symbols or N time slots.
  • the method also includes:
  • the access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the fourth initial time domain position, and the fourth initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH to the terminal device , the fourth initial time domain position falls on the second time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots in advance relative to the fourth initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device to resolve the PDCCH within M time domain symbols or N time slots.
  • the PDCCH is used to determine the position of the data, so that it is convenient to determine whether to prioritize the data service or the positioning measurement service at the time domain position after M time domain symbols or N time slots.
  • the method also includes:
  • the access network device receives second information from the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is An integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, so as to facilitate the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the second information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the second information is included in capability information.
  • the terminal device may report the second information through capability information. That is, the second information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
  • the method also includes:
  • the access network device sends the first instruction information to the terminal device, the first instruction information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is an integer greater than 0 .
  • the access network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device.
  • the access network device restricts the behavior of the terminal device according to the importance of the data service, and prevents the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device Or preferentially store the data of the terminal equipment in N time slots; or,
  • the first indication information is used to preferentially process the PRS within M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device.
  • the access network device can restrict the behavior of the terminal device in combination with the priority of the data service and the priority of the positioning measurement service, so as to prevent the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
  • the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, including:
  • the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device or the location management device.
  • the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device or the location management device. Therefore, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the location management device receives capability information from the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is the maximum supported by the terminal device.
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell;
  • the location management device sends capability information to the access network device.
  • the location management device sends capability information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, and realize that the access network device can reasonably and effectively process the data of the terminal device. Scheduling to improve data scheduling performance.
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position
  • the first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell;
  • the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
  • the first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
  • the second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the specific meaning of the receiving time difference is further shown, and the receiving time difference is defined by the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position.
  • the time-domain positions that are beneficial for the terminal device or the access network device to determine which PRSs of the non-serving cells are occupied need to consider data scheduling restrictions. For example, if the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell does not consider data scheduling restrictions.
  • the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell needs to consider data scheduling restrictions.
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location;
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell
  • the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
  • the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell
  • the deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
  • the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell
  • the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the above provides several possible ways of defining the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device or access network device to determine the first initial time domain position of the serving cell and each non-serving cell The corresponding second starting time domain position.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device can specifically indicate the data scheduling restriction at a certain time domain position through the scheduling restriction information, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device in combination with the scheduling restriction information, and realize the access network The equipment reasonably and effectively schedules the data of the terminal equipment to improve the performance of data scheduling.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction; or,
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time difference is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty. domain position, the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and is also used to indicate data scheduling restrictions, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling. performance. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to refer to the information to determine the first time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. It is conducive to the reasonable and effective data scheduling of the access network equipment, ensuring the normal operation of services with higher priority on the terminal equipment, and improving the scheduling performance.
  • the capability information also includes the expected receiving time difference threshold
  • the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell The information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the expected reception time difference threshold , which is beneficial to accurately determine the time domain position with data scheduling constraints. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected Determining a first time domain position with reference to the signal arrival time difference information and the first information, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the scheduling restriction indication combines the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the first information to determine the first time domain position. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
  • the location management device may indicate to the access network device the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. In this way, the access network equipment can better schedule the terminal equipment and ensure the service priority of the terminal equipment.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the first time domain position corresponds to a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. Therefore, what the access network device needs to consider is the data scheduling limitation at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine a second time domain position, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions;
  • the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and
  • the fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold may be used to determine the second time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine which time domain positions need to consider data scheduling restrictions. Secondly, it can be known from the second time domain position above that for the access network device, it cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, and can only detect the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference falls within the expected receiving time difference threshold range. The PRS of the cell performs positioning measurement. Therefore, the access network device can determine the time domain position with data scheduling restriction by using the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
  • the scheduling restriction information indicates that there is data scheduling restriction, then the access network device determines the time domain position with data scheduling restriction in combination with other information (such as the expected receiving time difference threshold).
  • the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell
  • N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0
  • the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or after the end time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols of .
  • a possible form of the first time domain position is provided. Since the access network device cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The data service conflicts with the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the method also includes:
  • the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device.
  • the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell to the access network device, so that the access network device can combine these information A first time domain location is determined.
  • the method also includes:
  • the location management device sends the first information to the access network device
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
  • the access network device receives the first information from the location management device, so that the access network device can determine the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the terminal device or the positioning management device determines the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; the terminal device or the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information to the access network device The time difference information and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty.
  • the terminal device or the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the PRS occupied by the non-serving cell time domain locations, which is beneficial for the access network device to determine data scheduling restrictions at these time domain locations. Realize that the access network equipment can reasonably schedule data based on data scheduling restrictions.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device or the location management device sends the first information to the access network device
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
  • the terminal device or the location management device sends the first information to the access network device.
  • the access network device can determine at which time domain positions the terminal device may have data scheduling restrictions, which is beneficial to the access network device to reasonably Perform data scheduling for terminal equipment.
  • the tenth aspect of this application provides a communication method, including:
  • the access network device acquires the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the expected time difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell;
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information determines a first time domain position, where the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell; the access network device determines a data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information and the uncertain expected reference signal time difference of arrival information, and the first time domain position includes the time domain occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell location; then, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain location. In this way, the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment, and the data scheduling performance is improved.
  • the access network device obtains the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell, including:
  • the access network device receives the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
  • a specific implementation manner is provided for the access network device to acquire the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell. Specifically, it may be provided by the location management device or provided by the terminal device, so that the access network device can determine the time domain location occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the method also includes:
  • the access network device acquires the first information; where the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, Frame offset, PRS transmission repetition times, time interval between repeated PRS transmissions of non-serving cells, PRS silence pattern;
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information and the uncertain expected reference signal time difference of arrival information, including:
  • the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information.
  • the access network device can obtain the first information to accurately determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, so as to achieve reasonable scheduling of the terminal device in combination with the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell data.
  • the access network device acquires the first information, including:
  • the access network device receives the first information from the location management device or the terminal device.
  • a specific implementation manner for the access network device to obtain the first information is provided. Specifically, it may be provided by the location management device or provided by the terminal device, so that the access network device can determine the time domain location occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the eleventh aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • the processing module is used to determine the capability information, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the communication device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time supported by the communication device Time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell;
  • the transceiver module is used for sending capability information.
  • the twelfth aspect of this application provides a communication method, including:
  • the processing module is configured to determine the first time domain position, and determine the positioning measurement behavior and data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
  • the processing module is further used for:
  • the non-serving cell of the communication device includes a first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the first time domain position is determined according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the reference cell is a serving cell or a non-serving cell of the communication device.
  • the non-serving cell of the communication device includes a first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the third time domain position is located at the beginning of the second time domain position
  • the time domain position is before and continuous to the start time domain position
  • the fourth time domain position is after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous to the end time domain position
  • the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell
  • the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the first time domain position.
  • the processing module is further used for:
  • the processing module is used specifically for:
  • the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are used as the first time domain position.
  • the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertainty Expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set slot offset, positioning reference signal resource slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
  • the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
  • the positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the reference cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource The time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the priority of the positioning measurement service of the communication device is higher than the priority of the data service of the communication device, receiving the PRS at the first time domain position, and not receiving data from the access network device at the first time domain position; or ,
  • the priority of the positioning measurement service of the communication device is lower than the priority of the data service of the communication device, and the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS of the communication device falls on the first time domain position, the starting time domain position of the PDCCH and the PDSCH Or the time interval between the starting time domain positions of AP-CSI-RS is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then ignore or not process PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS, and execute on the first time domain position
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to 0
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 0
  • the PDCCH is used to determine the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the first time before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to a time length, or the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located;
  • the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, The time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located;
  • the second time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell, and the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the cell, and the second time length is the length of
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol,
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located
  • the first time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a serving cell
  • the second time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell
  • the first time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell
  • the first radio frame is a radio frame occupied by the PRS of the serving cell
  • the second radio frame is the radio frame occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol.
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the first information is used to indicate that the communication device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the communication device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or equal to Integer of 0.
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the first information is included in capability information.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device includes:
  • the transceiver module is used to obtain the capability information of the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device.
  • the maximum receiving time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell;
  • a processing module configured to determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device includes:
  • a processing module configured to determine the eighth time domain position; determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
  • the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold; the processing module is specifically used for:
  • a data scheduling constraint of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position is determined.
  • the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes a first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the eighth time domain position is determined according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the third time domain position is located at the beginning of the second time domain position
  • the time domain position is before and continuous to the start time domain position
  • the fourth time domain position is after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous to the end time domain position
  • the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell
  • the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
  • the processing module is also used for:
  • the processing module is used specifically for:
  • the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
  • the serving cell is synchronized with the first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the ninth time domain position is located before the initial time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the initial time domain position
  • the tenth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the end time domain position
  • the duration of the ninth time domain position and the duration of the tenth time domain position are both equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold
  • the second time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
  • the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, then determining that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the eighth time domain position; or,
  • the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the first time length corresponding to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located.
  • the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the second time slot is located.
  • the first time slot is occupied by the serving cell
  • the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information of the expected reference signal, and the second time length is the length of the
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol,
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol.
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the terminal device receiving first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or equal to 0 an integer of .
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the first information is included in capability information.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • Capability information is received from a terminal device or a location management device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the processing module is also used for:
  • the third start time domain position is the start time domain position where the communication device sends the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS to the terminal equipment , the third initial time domain position falls on the eighth time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device:
  • the transceiver module is used to receive capability information from the terminal device, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is supported by the terminal device
  • the maximum receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; sending capability information to the access network device.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, or the first time domain position corresponding to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located.
  • the first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell
  • the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the information, and the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol,
  • the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell;
  • the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol.
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • a sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • the processing module is used to determine the capability information
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the communication device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time supported by the communication device Time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the communication device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the communication device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell;
  • the transceiver module is used for sending capability information.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the communication device at the first time domain position.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
  • processing module is also used for:
  • the first time domain position is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the communication device and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the expected reference signal.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the first time-domain position is determined according to expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and expected reception time difference threshold.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • processing module is also used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell uncertainty
  • a first time domain location is determined.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold determines the first time domain position.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell uncertainty , the expected receiving time difference threshold and the first information determine the first time domain position;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has data scheduling restrictions
  • the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information determines a first time domain position, and the communication device has data scheduling restrictions on the first time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first timing is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, and the first information. domain location;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell
  • N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0
  • the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the communication device.
  • the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine a second time domain position, where the communication device has data scheduling restrictions;
  • the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and
  • the fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has a data scheduling restriction.
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position
  • the first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell;
  • the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
  • the first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
  • the second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location;
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell
  • the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
  • the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell
  • the deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
  • the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell
  • the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the scheduling restriction information is determined according to the concurrency capability of the communication device, where the concurrency capability includes whether the communication device supports concurrency of data services and positioning measurement services of the communication device without an MG.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has no data scheduling restrictions
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has data scheduling restrictions.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the start time domain position of PDSCH falls on the first time domain position, and the time interval between the start time domain position occupied by PDCCH and the start time domain position of PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots , the PDSCH is ignored or not processed, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the start time domain position of PDSCH falls on the second time domain position, and the time interval between the start time domain position occupied by PDCCH and the start time domain position of PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots , the PDSCH is ignored or not processed, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the second information is included in capability information.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • Receive first instruction information from the access network equipment the first instruction information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the communication device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the communication device, and R is an integer greater than 0.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell are sent to the access network device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the communication device sends the first information to the access network device
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
  • the seventeenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • the transceiver module is used to obtain the capability information of the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device.
  • the maximum receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell of the terminal device and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell of the terminal device;
  • a processing module configured to determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position
  • the first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell;
  • the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
  • the first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
  • the second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location;
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell
  • the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
  • the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell
  • the deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
  • the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell
  • the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction, and the processing module is specifically used for:
  • scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position, it is determined that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information
  • the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, determine that at the first time domain position
  • the upper terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or,
  • scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, then determine that at the first time domain position There are no data scheduling restrictions on end devices.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position; the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, determine There is a scheduling constraint on the data of the terminal device at the first time domain location; or,
  • the terminal device determines The terminal device has no data scheduling constraints at the first time domain location; or,
  • the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first cell is the corresponding A non-serving cell whose time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected reception time difference threshold; or,
  • the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first cell is the corresponding A non-serving cell whose time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold; the processing module is specifically used for:
  • a data scheduling constraint for a terminal device at a first time domain location is determined.
  • the capability information also includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information based on the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell A first time domain location is determined.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the serving cell uncertainty
  • the information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the non-serving cell.
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the cell determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
  • the processing module is used specifically for:
  • a data scheduling constraint for a terminal device at a first time domain location is determined.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
  • processing module is specifically used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell uncertainty
  • a first time domain location is determined.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell are received from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the first time domain position includes: N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain located in the PRS occupation of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols after the symbol.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected reception time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the capability information includes the expected reception time difference threshold; the processing module is specifically used for:
  • the second time domain position includes the third time domain position before and continuous to the initial time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the third time domain position located in the serving cell
  • the fourth time domain position after the end time domain position occupied by the PRS and continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • a data scheduling constraint for the terminal device at the second time domain location is determined.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the third start time domain position is the start time domain position at which the communication device sends the PDSCH to the terminal equipment, and the third start time domain position The domain position falls on the first time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the PDCCH is scheduled M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the fourth start time domain position
  • the fourth start time domain position is the start time domain position at which the communication device sends the PDSCH to the terminal equipment, so the fourth start time domain position
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or equal to 0 an integer of .
  • the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the second information is included in capability information.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is an integer greater than 0.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device Or preferentially store the data of the terminal equipment in N time slots; or,
  • the first indication information is used to preferentially process the PRS within M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • Capability information is received from a terminal device or a location management device.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the eighteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • the transceiver module is used to receive capability information from the terminal device, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is supported by the terminal device.
  • the maximum receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell; send capability information to the access network device.
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position
  • the first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell;
  • the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
  • the first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
  • the second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location;
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell
  • the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell
  • the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
  • the first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
  • the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell
  • the deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
  • the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell
  • the time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell
  • the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction; or,
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time difference is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty. domain position, the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position.
  • the capability information also includes the expected receiving time difference threshold
  • the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell The information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected Determining a first time domain position with reference to the signal arrival time difference information and the first information, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected receiving time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine the second time domain position. Terminal devices in the time domain have data scheduling restrictions;
  • the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and
  • the fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
  • the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell
  • N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0
  • the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell are sent to the access network device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
  • a nineteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • the processing module is used to determine the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information to the access network device.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
  • a twentieth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • the transceiver module is used to obtain the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell;
  • a processing module configured to determine a first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the first time domain position including the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell; A data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain location.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell are received from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, The number of PRS transmission repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs;
  • the processing module is used specifically for:
  • the first time domain position is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • a twenty-first aspect of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes a processor.
  • the processor is used for invoking and running the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processor realizes any one of the implementation manners of any one of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver; the processor is also configured to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
  • the communication device includes a memory, and a computer program is stored in the memory.
  • a twenty-second aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which is characterized in that, when it is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • a twenty-third aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
  • a twenty-fourth aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor, configured to be connected to a memory, and call a program stored in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the above first to tenth aspects Method to realize.
  • a twenty-fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system includes the communication device according to the eleventh aspect and the communication device according to the thirteenth aspect; optionally, the communication system further includes the communication device according to the fifteenth aspect device; or,
  • the communication system includes the communication device of the twelfth aspect and the communication device of the fourteenth aspect; or,
  • the communication system includes the communication device according to the sixteenth aspect and the communication device according to the seventeenth aspect; optionally, the communication system further includes the communication device according to the eighteenth aspect; or,
  • the communication system includes the communication device of the nineteenth aspect and the communication device of the twentieth aspect.
  • the terminal device determines capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; then, the terminal device sends the capability information.
  • the terminal device can send capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the terminal The maximum receive time difference supported by the device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the communication system of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a time-domain position corresponding to expected reference signal arrival time difference information of a cell according to an embodiment of the present application and a time-domain position corresponding to uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of the first time slot and the second time domain of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4B is another schematic diagram of the first time slot and the second time slot according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of a first time-domain symbol and a second time-domain symbol according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4D is another schematic diagram of the first time domain symbol and the second time domain symbol according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4E is a schematic diagram of a first wireless frame and a second wireless frame according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4F is another schematic diagram of the first wireless frame and the second wireless frame according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of an eighth time domain position according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5B is another schematic diagram of the eighth time domain position according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5C is another schematic diagram of the eighth time domain position according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5D is another schematic diagram of the eighth time domain position according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an access network device scheduling a PDCCH of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic diagram of a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a serving cell and a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • 9B is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • 9C is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • 9D is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • 9E is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 10A is another schematic diagram of a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a serving cell and a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • 10B is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • 11A is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • 11B is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • 11C is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are used for the access network equipment to determine the data scheduling of the terminal equipment based on the capability information, so as to realize the reasonable and effective data scheduling of the terminal equipment by the access network equipment and improve the data scheduling performance .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes terminal equipment 101, next generation Node B (next Generation Node B, gNB) 102, next generation evolved Node B (next generation evolved Node B, ng-eNB) 103, access and mobility Management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) 104 and location management function (location management function, LMF) 105.
  • the LMF105 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions for terminal equipment in the NR core network.
  • the communication system further includes an enhanced serving mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC) 106 and a secure user plane location location platform (secure user plane location locaiton platform, SLP) 107.
  • E-SMLC106 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions in the 4G core network.
  • SLP107 is a network element, module or component used to process the user plane security positioning protocol in the 4G core network.
  • the terminal device 101 communicates with an access network device (such as gNB102 or ng-eNB103 in FIG. 1 ) through a Uu interface.
  • ng-eNB103 is an access network device in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system
  • gNB102 is an access network device in a new radio (NR) communication system.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • NR new radio
  • the access network devices communicate through the Xn interface
  • the access network devices communicate with the AMF 104 through the NG-C interface.
  • the AMF104 and the LMF105 communicate through the NL1 interface, and the AMF104 is equivalent to a router for communicating between the access network equipment and the LMF105.
  • the LMF105 is used to calculate the location of the terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 1 only shows an example in which the communication system includes two access network devices, gNB and ng-eNB. However, in practical applications, the communication system may include at least one access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • LMF is the name in the current communication system.
  • the name of the LMF may change with the evolution of the communication system. Therefore, in the following, the LMF is referred to as a location management device to introduce the embodiment of the present application, and the location management device is used to perform location calculation on the location of the terminal device.
  • the LMF is referred to as a location management device to introduce the embodiment of the present application, and the location management device is used to perform location calculation on the location of the terminal device.
  • the positioning device in the embodiment of the present application, and are applicable to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application .
  • the access network equipment and terminal equipment involved in this application will be described below.
  • Access network equipment is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for terminal equipment.
  • the access network equipment is a base station, and the base station is various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points (access point, AP), wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
  • the base station may also be a transmission receiving point (Transmission and Reception Point, TRP), a transmission measurement function (Transmission measurement function, TMF), etc.
  • TRP Transmission and Reception Point
  • TMF transmission measurement function
  • the base station involved in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station in a new radio interface (new radio, NR).
  • the base station in 5G NR can also be called transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP) or transmission point (transmission point, TP) or next generation Node B (next generation Node B, ngNB), or long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) in the evolution of Node B (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB).
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • TP transmission point
  • ngNB next generation Node B
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the terminal device may be a wireless terminal device capable of receiving access network device scheduling and indication information.
  • a wireless terminal device may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, or a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc., includes wireless communication functions (providing voice/data connectivity to users) devices, such as handheld devices with wireless connectivity, or vehicle-mounted devices.
  • examples of some terminal devices are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, enhanced Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in Internet of Vehicles, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery , a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc.
  • the wireless terminal in the Internet of Vehicles may be a vehicle-mounted device, a complete vehicle device, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle, and the like.
  • Wireless terminals in industrial control can be cameras, robots, etc.
  • Wireless terminals in a smart home can be TVs, air conditioners, sweepers, speakers, set-top boxes, etc.
  • Serving cell the cell where the terminal device currently resides.
  • Non-serving cell refers to a cell whose global cell identifier (CGI) is different from the CGI of the serving cell of the terminal device.
  • CGI global cell identifier
  • Reference cell It is a serving cell or a non-serving cell of the terminal device. Taking the time domain position occupied by the reference cell as the reference time domain position, the PRS of the serving cell or the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the corresponding time domain of the reference cell position, so as to determine the time domain position to which the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell.
  • the access network device can configure MG for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can perform the same-frequency or different-frequency downlink positioning measurement task in the MG.
  • the terminal equipment suspends the service transmission of the serving cell, and adjusts the receiver of the terminal equipment to the frequency point of the target cell to perform downlink positioning and measurement tasks.
  • the terminal equipment transfers the receiver to the serving cell to continue the data service.
  • Positioning processing window refers to the time window used for terminal equipment to perform positioning measurement tasks.
  • Expected reference signal arrival time difference information (expected RSTD): the time domain position corresponding to the center point of the search window used to determine the initial time domain position where the PRS of a cell is located.
  • the search window refers to the time range where the initial time domain position of the PRS may fall.
  • the initial time-domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information is the time-domain position corresponding to the center point of the search window of the non-serving cell 1, that is The start time domain position of the first half search window of the non-serving cell or the end time domain position of the second half search window of the non-serving cell.
  • Uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information (expected RSTD uncertainty): used to determine the length of the half search window where the PRS of the cell is located.
  • the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the cell and the expected time difference of arrival information of the cell determine the time domain positions where the two half search windows of the cell are located.
  • SFN-offset including sfn-Offset and integer subframe offset (integerSubframeOffset).
  • sfn-Offset refers to the SFN offset of the transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP) antenna position between the reference cell and the non-serving cell.
  • the SFN offset corresponds to the non-serving cell from the beginning of the radio frame #0 of the reference cell
  • the number of complete radio frames one radio frame is 10ms (milliseconds)) of the latest radio frame #0.
  • the integer subframe offset refers to the subframe boundary offset of the TRP antenna position between the reference small area non-serving cells, counted in complete subframes, which is counted from the beginning of subframe #0 of the reference cell to the non-serving cell Start of nearest subframe #0, rounded down to multiple of subframes.
  • Positioning reference signal resource set slot offset refers to the slot offset of the first downlink slot in the cell's PRS resource set relative to the slot where the radio frame SFN#0 is located.
  • Positioning reference signal symbol offset refers to the initial time domain symbol of the cell's PRS in the time slot determined by the time slot offset of the positioning reference signal resource set.
  • the terminal device performs the downlink positioning measurement task in the MG.
  • MG parameters for example, MG period, MG duration, etc.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the terminal device needs to measure the PRS from the serving cell and the PRS from the non-serving cell, so as to satisfy multiple downlink positioning methods supported in the NR-Rel-16 protocol. For example, DL-TDOA, DL-AOD.
  • the terminal device can determine the time domain resource occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain resource occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell through the expected time difference of arrival time difference information and the uncertain time difference information of the reference signal arrival in the positioning assistance data configured by the positioning management device.
  • the relative position between domain resources if some PRS resources are not in the MG, the UE needs to request the base station to configure the MG. Currently, the MG request is initiated by the UE through RRC signaling, and then the base station configures the corresponding MG for the UE. Therefore, the configuration process of the MG takes a lot of time.
  • the access network 1#107 stipulates that in order to complete the PRS measurement of the non-serving cell under the condition of no MG, certain synchronization conditions need to be met. Specifically, the synchronization relationship between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is constrained by constraining the expected Rx timing difference.
  • the expected receiving time difference refers to the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS of the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell.
  • the terminal equipment can report the following capability 1 or capability 2 to determine the priority of the PRS.
  • Two possible capabilities of the terminal device are introduced below by taking the priority of the PRS higher than that of other downlink signals as an example.
  • the priority of the PRS is lower than that of other downlink signals, which is similar and will not be explained here.
  • Capability 1 On all time-domain symbols in the PPW, the priority of the positioning measurement service is higher than that of all other downlink signals.
  • capability 1 includes capability 1A and capability 1B.
  • Capability 1A includes: in the PPW, if there is a PRS on a carrier (component carrier, CC), the downlink signals on all CCs in the PPW will be affected, that is, the priority of the PRS on all CCs is higher than that of other downlinks The priority of the signal.
  • a carrier component carrier
  • Capability 1B includes: in the PPW, there is a PRS on a bandwidth (band), only the downlink signals on this bandwidth are affected, and the downlink signals on other bandwidths are not affected, that is, the priority of the PRS on this bandwidth is higher than that of The priority of other downlink signals.
  • Capability 2 Only on the time-domain symbol where the PRS is located, the priority of the PRS is higher than that of other downlink signals.
  • the communication protocol supports the ability of the terminal device to process the PRS with three priorities, and specifically supports the following options.
  • End-devices can indicate support for both priority states.
  • the two priority states include state 1 and state 2.
  • State 1 The priority of PRS is higher than that of all physical downlink control channels (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), channel status information reference signal (channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS ).
  • State 2 PRS has a lower priority than all PDCCH, PDSCH, and CSI-RS.
  • End-devices can indicate support for three priority states.
  • the three priority states include state 1, state 2 and state 3.
  • State 1 PRS priority is higher than all PDCCH, PDSCH, CSI-RS.
  • State 2 PRS priority is lower than PDCCH and ultra reliable low latency communication physical downlink shared control channel (ultra reliable low latency communication physical downlink shared channel, URLLC PDSCH), priority is higher than other PDSCH, CSI-RS.
  • State 3 PRS priority is lower than all PDCCH, PDSCH, CSI-RS.
  • the terminal device can support a single priority state, specifically, the priority of the PRS is higher than that of all PDCCH, PDSCH, and CSI-RS.
  • the data service of the terminal device includes at least one of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and CSI-RS (for example, AP-CSI-RS).
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • CSI-RS for example, AP-CSI-RS
  • the access network equipment of the serving cell cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, the positioning measurement service of the non-serving cell will conflict with the data service of the serving cell.
  • terminal equipment does not support processing data services and positioning measurement services at the same time.
  • the communication protocol does not specify the scheduling restrictions of the access network equipment in the MG-less positioning measurement scenario. Therefore, how the access network device schedules the data of the terminal device in the MG-free positioning measurement scenario is a problem worth considering.
  • the present application provides a corresponding technical solution for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. See Figure 3, methods include:
  • the terminal device determines capability information of the terminal device.
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following items: scheduling restriction information, expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is related to the capability of the terminal equipment.
  • the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold includes any of the following:
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
  • the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol.
  • the length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold is a capability of the terminal equipment, and the value of the expected receiving time difference threshold can be any of the following: ⁇ length of CP, length of one time domain symbol, 0.5 time slot , the length of half a time-domain symbol, infinite (infinite) ⁇ .
  • the above length of the expected receiving time difference threshold is only an example, and does not belong to a limitation on the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold may also be a length of 0.4 time slots, a length of two time domain symbols, or 0.5 milliseconds, etc., which are not limited in this application.
  • the reception time difference is a measure that describes the level of synchronization between the serving and non-serving cells.
  • the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell.
  • the receiving time difference may be determined by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information.
  • the range corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is -32us to 32us.
  • the range corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is -8us to 8us.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, or the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located.
  • the time domain position of the first time length after the time domain position; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the time of the second time length pair before the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located The domain position, or the time domain position of the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located.
  • the first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell
  • the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell.
  • the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
  • the start time domain position of the second time slot is the start time domain position T0 of the time slot where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T1
  • the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T2.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time slot is the closest time slot to T0 among the time slots occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T0. If the second reference time is T1 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T1. If the second reference time is T2 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2.
  • the start time domain position of the second time slot is the start time domain position T0 of the time slot where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T1
  • the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T2.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time slot is the closest time slot to T0 among the time slots occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the start time domain position of the first time slot is the start time domain position T4 of the time slot where the time domain position corresponding to the serving cell is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T5
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T6.
  • the first duration is the length of half the search window of the serving cell.
  • the first time slot is a time slot of the serving cell
  • the second time slot is a time slot of the non-serving cell
  • the receiving time difference may be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2.
  • X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time slot is located
  • X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time slot is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
  • the first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the PRS of the serving cell
  • the second time slot is the closest to the second time slot among the time slots occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell
  • the receiving time difference is X1'-X2'.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or where the first time domain symbol is located.
  • the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located.
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell
  • the second time domain symbol is the one closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell A time domain symbol.
  • the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
  • the start time domain position of the second time domain symbol is the start time domain position T0 of the time domain symbol where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located is T1
  • the time domain corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The location is T2.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to T0 among the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4C .
  • the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T0. If the second reference time is T1 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T1. If the second reference time is T2 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2.
  • the start time domain position of the second time domain symbol is the start time domain position T0 of the time domain symbol where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located is T1
  • the time domain corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The location is T2.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell.
  • the first time-domain symbol is the closest time-domain symbol to T0 among the time-domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time-domain position where the first time-domain symbol is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4D .
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located is T5
  • the location is T6.
  • the first duration is the length of half the search window of the serving cell.
  • the first time domain symbol is a time domain symbol of the serving cell
  • the second time domain symbol is a time domain symbol of the non-serving cell
  • the receiving time difference can be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2.
  • X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time domain symbol is located
  • X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time domain symbol is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
  • the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the serving cell
  • the second time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the receiving time difference of the nearest time domain symbol of the second time domain symbol is X1'-X2'.
  • the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located.
  • the time domain position of the first time length after the time domain position; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time of the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located
  • the first radio frame is one of the radio frame numbers occupied by the serving cell
  • the second radio frame is a radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell.
  • the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
  • the start time domain position of the second radio frame is the start time domain position T0 of the radio frame where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T1
  • the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T2.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell.
  • the first radio frame is the radio frame closest to T0 in the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located is T4 in FIG. 4E .
  • the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T0. If the second reference time is T1 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T1. If the second reference time is T2 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2.
  • the start time domain position of the second radio frame is the start time domain position T0 of the radio frame where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located.
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T1
  • the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T2.
  • the second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell.
  • the first radio frame is the radio frame closest to T0 among the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4F .
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first wireless frame is located is T5
  • the time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the first wireless frame is located is T6.
  • the first duration is the length of half the search window of the serving cell.
  • the first radio frame is a radio frame of the serving cell
  • the second radio frame is a radio frame of the non-serving cell
  • the receiving time difference may be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2.
  • X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located
  • X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
  • the receiving time difference may be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2.
  • X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located
  • X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
  • the reception time difference can be defined as X1'-X2'.
  • the receiving time difference can be defined as X1' -X2'.
  • the first reference time may be the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol of the serving cell is located, the initial time domain position where the time slot is located, the initial time domain position where the subframe is located, the radio frame The initial time domain position where it is located, or the initial time domain position where radio frame 0 is located.
  • the second reference time may be the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol of the non-serving cell is located, the initial time domain position where the time slot is located, the initial time domain position where the subframe is located, the starting time domain position where the radio frame is located The initial time domain position, or the initial time domain position where radio frame 0 is located.
  • the restrictions imposed on the network side are minimal. That is, as long as there is time-domain symbol level synchronization between the serving cell and the non-serving cell (that is, the first time-domain symbol and the second time-domain symbol are less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold), the terminal device can measure the non-serving cell PRS.
  • the first reference time is the radio frame 0 of the serving cell
  • the second reference time is the radio frame 0 of the non-serving cell
  • the restrictions imposed on the network side are the most. That is, time-domain symbol-level synchronization has the least restriction on the network side, slot-level synchronization or subframe-level synchronization has less restriction on the network side, and wireless frame-level synchronization has the largest restriction on the network side.
  • the symbol-level synchronization required for MG-free positioning measurement depends on how the terminal device performs time of arrival (TOA) measurement. If the TOA measurement is done by time-domain correlation, the expected reception time difference threshold should not depend on any condition of synchronization between the serving cell and the non-serving cell. That is, the terminal device should be able to support any reception time difference between the PRS of the serving cell and the PRS of the non-serving cell, which is the same assumption as the MG-based measurement. In this case, the expected receiving time difference threshold may be 0.5 time slots.
  • the expected reception time difference threshold should depend on the synchronization condition between the serving cell and the non-serving cell. Because the FFT window is likely to be based on serving cell timing. This case is similar to the CSI-RS L3 measurement with a single FFT assumption.
  • accuracy requirements are defined in terms of time offset less than or equal to CP, and we believe that the same condition can be reused, which is already for networks with subcarrier spacing (SCS) greater than 15kHz strict requirements.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • the synchronization threshold (that is, the threshold of expected receiving time difference) adopted in the positioning measurement without MG as the capability of the terminal equipment.
  • the value of the expected receiving time difference threshold can be any of the following ⁇ CP length, 0.5 time slot ⁇ . This will expand the applicable scenarios of MG-free positioning measurement based on terminal equipment, that is, the MG-free positioning measurement can be used by some terminal equipment without tight synchronization requirements of network equipment.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device.
  • the scheduling restriction information indicates the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restrictions.
  • the scheduling restriction information when the value of the scheduling restriction information is "0", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
  • the value of the scheduling restriction information when the value of the scheduling restriction information is "1”, it is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction.
  • the value of the scheduling restriction information when the value of the scheduling restriction information is "1”, it is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
  • the value of the scheduling restriction information is "0", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction, and the scheduling restriction information is also used for at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell, and the positioning assistance information of the reference cell A first time domain location is determined.
  • the positioning assistance information of the serving cell the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell and the first time domain position, please refer to the related introduction later.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device sends capability information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the capability information to the access network device or the location management device.
  • the terminal device sends the capability information to the access network device through RRC signaling.
  • the terminal device sends the capability information to the positioning management device through LTE definition protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) signaling.
  • LTE definition protocol LTE positioning protocol, LPP
  • the location management device may send the capability information to the access network device.
  • the location management device can combine the capability information to determine which non-serving cell PRS the terminal device can perform location measurement on, and combine the capability information to configure the PRS resources of the non-serving cell. For example, if the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the positioning management device may determine that the terminal device can perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. If the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, the positioning management device may determine that the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device.
  • the above step 303 specifically includes: the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device.
  • the above step 303 specifically includes: the access network device receives the capability information sent from the location management device.
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the non-serving cells of the terminal device include the first non-serving cell as an example for introduction, and the processing procedures for other non-serving cells are also similar, and details are not described here one by one.
  • the capability information includes the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the foregoing step 304 specifically includes step 304a and step 304b.
  • the access network device determines an eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the access network device determines the eighth time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • Step 1a to step 1d are described below to introduce the first implementation.
  • Step 1a the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • the access network device determines the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell.
  • the receiving time difference For specific definitions of the receiving time difference, please refer to the foregoing introduction. If the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, it can be considered that the terminal device can perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the first non-serving cell. Therefore, the access network device needs to consider the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell.
  • the terminal device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the first non-serving cell. Therefore, the access network device does not need to consider data scheduling restrictions on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell.
  • Step 1b The access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell.
  • the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, that is, the network is synchronized; or, the serving cell is different from the first serving cell, that is, the network is not synchronized. Step 1b will be described below combining these two situations.
  • the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • step 1b specifically includes:
  • the access network device determines the second time domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell.
  • the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: information of the expected time difference of arrival of the uncertainty of the serving cell, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset Shift and position reference signal duration time domain symbols.
  • the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device. Therefore, the second time domain position is the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
  • the access network device may determine the second time domain location by using the positioning assistance information of the serving cell.
  • Case 2 The serving cell is not synchronized with the first serving cell. In this case, there are two possible situations:
  • Case A The reference cell is the serving cell.
  • step 1b specifically includes:
  • the access network device determines, according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, the second time domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell.
  • the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: information of the expected time difference of arrival of the uncertainty of the serving cell, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset Shift and position reference signal duration time domain symbols.
  • the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes: the system frame number SFN offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning Reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • Case B the reference cell is neither the serving cell nor the first serving cell.
  • step 1b specifically includes:
  • the access network device determines the second time-domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell.
  • the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference The signal resource time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes: the system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference The signal resource time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  • the positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: information of the expected time difference of arrival of the uncertainty of the serving cell, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, The positioning reference signal lasts for time-domain symbols.
  • the PRS of the first non-serving cell maps to 2.98 on time domain symbol 2 to 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 of the serving cell.
  • step 303a further includes step 303a, and step 303a may be performed before step 304.
  • the access network device acquires the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell.
  • the terminal device sends the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device.
  • the above step 303a specifically includes: the access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device.
  • the location management device sends the location assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device.
  • the above step 303a specifically includes: the access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the positioning management device.
  • the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell.
  • positioning assistance information please refer to the previous introduction.
  • Step 1c the access network device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell;
  • the third time domain position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the start time domain position
  • the fourth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is the same as the end time position
  • the domain positions are continuous, and the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell.
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell is 0.02 ms
  • the third time domain position is located at 2.96 to 2.96 ms on time domain symbol 2.
  • the fourth time domain position is between 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
  • Step 1d the access network device takes the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device uses the time domain position between 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located as the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device may round up the eighth time domain position at the symbol level to obtain the rounded eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device rounds up the time domain position between 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located, at the symbol level to the time domain position where time domain symbol 3 is located.
  • the first implementation above further includes steps 1e to 1f.
  • Step 1e the access network device determines the fifth time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell; for the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, please refer to the relevant introduction above.
  • the access network device determines that the fifth time-domain position is time-domain symbol 1 to time-domain symbol 5 through the positioning assistance information of the serving cell.
  • Step 1f the access network device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell is 0.04ms, so as shown in Figure 5C, the sixth time domain position is from 0.96 on time domain symbol 0 to time domain symbol 1
  • the initial time domain position where the seventh time domain position is located is from the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 5 is to 5.04 on time domain symbol 5.
  • step 1d specifically includes:
  • the access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position, including:
  • the access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • the eighth time domain position includes 0.96 on time domain symbol 0 to the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
  • the access network device rounds up the eighth time domain position at the symbol level to obtain the rounded eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device rounds up the time domain position between 0.96 on time domain symbol 0 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located, and obtains time domain symbol 1 From the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol 7 is located to the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol 7 is located. That is to say, the eighth time domain position includes the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 1 is located to the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
  • Step 2a to step 2d are described below to introduce the second implementation.
  • Step 2a the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • Step 2b The access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell The second time domain position of ;
  • step 2a to step 2b are similar to the above step 1a to step 1b, for details, please refer to the related introduction of step 1a to step 1b, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 2c If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the access network device takes the second time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • the second time domain positions include 2.98 on time domain symbol 2 to 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 . If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the access network device directly uses the second time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • the second time domain position falls on time domain symbol L-1 to time domain symbol L+N-1, where N is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the length of the second time domain position falling on the time domain symbol L-1 is less than the length of the CP, and the second time domain position falls on the time domain symbol L+ The length on N1-1 is greater than the length of CP.
  • the access network device may perform symbol-level rounding up on the second time domain position, and then the rounded second time domain position includes time domain symbol L to time domain symbol L+N ⁇ 1.
  • time domain symbol L ⁇ 1 is time domain symbol 2
  • time domain symbol L+N ⁇ 1 is time domain symbol 6.
  • the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP
  • the second time domain position falls on the initial time domain position from 2.98 of time domain symbol 2 to time domain symbol 3, and the second time domain position falls on
  • the length on the time domain symbol 2 is smaller than the length of the CP, so the access network device does not need to have data scheduling restrictions on the time domain symbol 2. Therefore, the access network device may have data scheduling restrictions from the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 3 is located to the end time domain position where time domain symbol 6 is located (the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located).
  • Step 2d If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, the access network device determines the third time difference according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the second time domain position and the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell.
  • the domain position and the fourth time domain position, and the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position domain location.
  • the second time domain position falls on time domain symbol L-1 to time domain symbol L+N-1, where N is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, in addition to the time domain symbol L to the time domain symbol L+N-1, the time domain symbol L-1 and the time domain symbol L+N may also have data scheduling Limitation, the length of the half search window of the first non-serving cell needs to be further considered here.
  • the second time domain position falls on time domain symbol 2 through time domain symbol 6 .
  • the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell is 0.02ms
  • the third time domain position is between 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 and 2.98 on time domain symbol 2
  • the fourth time domain position is between 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
  • the eighth time domain symbol includes 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 to the end time domain position of time domain symbol 6 (ie the starting time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located).
  • Step 3a to step 3c are described below to introduce the third implementation.
  • Step 3a the access network device determines the second time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
  • Step 3a is similar to the aforementioned step 2a, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the aforementioned step 2a.
  • the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, that is, the network is synchronized. Then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • Step 3b the access network device determines the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • the ninth time domain position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the start time domain position
  • the tenth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is at the same time as the end time domain position
  • the domain positions are continuous; the duration of the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position are both equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold is 0.5ms
  • the ninth time domain position is located between 2.48ms on time domain symbol 2 and 2.98 on time domain symbol 2
  • the tenth time domain position is when Between 6.98 on symbol 6 in the domain and 7.48 on symbol 7 in the time domain.
  • step 3c the access network device takes the second time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device determines that the eighth time domain position includes 2.58 on time domain symbol 2 to 7.48 on time domain symbol 7 .
  • the access network device may round up the eighth time domain position at the symbol level to obtain the rounded eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device may determine the rounded eighth time domain position including: time domain symbol 2 to time domain symbol 7 by determining the eighth time domain position.
  • Step 4a to step 4d are described below to introduce the fourth implementation.
  • Step 4a the access network device determines the second time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
  • Step 4a is similar to the aforementioned step 2a, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the aforementioned step 2a.
  • the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, that is, the network is synchronized. Then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • Step 4b If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the access network device takes the second time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • Step 4c if the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, the access network device determines the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the second The time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position serve as the eighth time domain position.
  • Step 4b to step 4c are similar to the aforementioned steps 2c to 2d, for details, please refer to the aforementioned related introduction.
  • the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the eighth time domain position, that is, the access network device The data of the terminal device is not scheduled at the eighth time domain position; or, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the first time domain position There are no data scheduling restrictions on end devices.
  • Capability information includes scheduling restriction information.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data restriction or is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
  • the capability information also includes an expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • Case 1 The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
  • the above step 304 specifically includes: the access network device determines, based on the scheduling restriction information, that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
  • Case 2 The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell, and the positioning assistance information of the reference cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • step 304 specifically includes step 304c to step 304d.
  • Step 304c the access network device determines the first time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • step 304c The specific determination method of step 304c is similar to that described above in the first or second implementation method. For details, please refer to the relevant introduction of the first or second implementation method, and will not be repeated here.
  • Step 304d the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • Step 304d is similar to the above-mentioned step 304b, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the above-mentioned step 304b, which will not be repeated here.
  • the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
  • the foregoing step 304 specifically includes: the access network device determining the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
  • the specific determination process is similar to the aforementioned step 304b, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the aforementioned step 304b, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 further includes step 303b.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the value of M may be 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N may be 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the value of M may be at least one of the above 7, 14, 28, 42, and 56.
  • the value of N can be at least one of the above 1, 2, 3, 4.
  • the value of M is ⁇ 7, 14, 28, 42 ⁇ .
  • the value of N is ⁇ 1,2,3 ⁇ .
  • the value of M is ⁇ 7, 14, 28, 42, 56 ⁇ , and the value of N is ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ .
  • M and N may also take other values, which are not limited in this application.
  • the value of M can be 10, 15, 30, or 70, etc.
  • the value of N can be 5, 6, or 7, etc.
  • this embodiment does not limit the type of the CP in the PDCCH, and this application does not specifically limit it.
  • normal cyclic prefix normal CP
  • extended cyclic prefix extended CP
  • time unit required by the terminal device after the PDCCH of the terminal device is described above using M time domain symbols or N time slots as the time unit.
  • the technical solution of this application does not limit the time unit used .
  • time units such as subframes or minutes may also be used.
  • the M time domain symbols or N time slots are used for the terminal device to parse the downlink control information (DCI) carried in the PDCCH and determine the time for the behavior of the terminal device on a certain time domain symbol.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the value of M is related to the analysis and processing capabilities of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device parses the DCI and determines that there is a PDSCH on the Xth time domain symbol.
  • the terminal device needs to determine whether there is a PRS on the X+1th time domain symbol, and determine whether the terminal device is on the X+1th time domain symbol in combination with the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device and the priority of the data service of the terminal device performed business.
  • the time required for the terminal device to determine the behavior on the X-th time-domain symbol should be before the X-th time-domain symbol, that is to say, the above-mentioned M time-domain symbols or N time slots should include the time for the terminal device to resolve the information carried in the PDCCH
  • the DCI and the terminal device determine the time of the terminal device's behavior on a certain time domain symbol, so that the terminal device can select a service with a higher priority for processing at the Xth time domain symbol, thereby ensuring the service priority of the terminal device.
  • M or N when M or N is equal to 0, it means that the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device can receive data and PRS at the same time, without requiring the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in advance. For example, in a low-frequency scenario, a terminal device can receive data and PRS at the same time. When M or N is greater than 0, the terminal device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device cannot receive data and PRS at the same time. For example, when a terminal device is in a high-frequency scenario, the terminal device cannot receive data and PRS at the same time through the same beam.
  • the terminal device may also carry the first information in the capability information and report it to the access network device, that is, the first information belongs to a kind of capability information of the terminal device.
  • the value of M or N in the first information may also be predefined or preconfigured by the communication protocol, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may also send the first information to the location management device.
  • the first information is included in the capability information. That is, the terminal device may send the first information to the location management device through the above step 302 .
  • the location management device may send the first information to the access network device.
  • step 303b can be executed first, and then step 302 to step 304; or, step 302 to step 304 is executed first, and then step 303b is executed; or, depending on the situation, at the same time Execute step 303b and step 302 to step 304.
  • step 305 further includes step 305, and step 305 may be performed after step 304.
  • the access network device schedules the PDCCH of the terminal device in advance of M time domain symbols or N time slots relative to the third initial time domain position.
  • the third initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS to the terminal device, and the third initial time domain position falls on the eighth time domain position.
  • the eighth time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the third initial time domain position falls in the time domain position of the non-serving cell 1.
  • the access network device schedules the PDCCH of the terminal device M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third initial time domain position.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 further includes step 306 and step 307 .
  • the terminal device determines a first time domain position.
  • the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell.
  • the reference cell is the serving cell or a non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  • Step 5a the terminal device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • Step 5b The terminal device determines the location of the PRS mapped on the serving cell according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell. second time domain position;
  • Step 5c the access network device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell;
  • Step 5d the access network device takes the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  • Steps 5a to 5d are similar to the aforementioned steps 1a to 1d, for details, please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned steps 1a to 1d.
  • the first time domain location is the same as the eighth time domain location.
  • the above implementation 1 further includes steps 5e to 5f.
  • Step 5e the access network device determines the fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
  • Step 5f the access network device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
  • step 5e to step 5f are similar to the above step 1e and step 1f, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the above step 1e and step 1f.
  • step 5d specifically includes:
  • the terminal device takes the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position, including:
  • the terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the first time domain position.
  • step 5d For related examples of step 5d, reference may be made to the introduction of related examples of step 1d above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 6a the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
  • Step 6b The access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell The second time domain position of ;
  • Step 6c If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the terminal device takes the second time domain position as the first time domain position.
  • Step 6d If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, the terminal device determines the third time-domain position according to the second time-domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell and the fourth time domain position, and the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the first time domain position.
  • Steps 6a to 6d are similar to the aforementioned steps 2a to 2d. For details, please refer to the relevant introductions of the aforementioned steps 2a to 2d, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position.
  • the terminal device receives the PRS at the first time domain position, and does not receive the PRS from the access network device data; or,
  • the starting time domain position of the PDCCH is the same as that of the PDSCH or the time interval between the initial time domain positions of AP-CSI-RS is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS, and the terminal device at the first PRS measurement is performed at the domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the PDCCH is used to determine the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS.
  • the terminal device will discard data on the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS in the PPW.
  • the terminal device does not want to receive data on the time domain symbols mapped from the PRS of the non-serving cell to the serving cell.
  • the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, otherwise the terminal device does not need to measure the PRS of the non-serving cell, and does not need to perform data scheduling restrictions.
  • the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the time-domain symbol of the serving cell, which should be determined in combination with the expected reference signal arrival time information of the non-serving cell. This means that the PRS of the non-serving cell can be mapped somewhere in the middle of the time-domain symbols of the serving cell.
  • the time domain symbol L represents the index of the time domain symbol closest to the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal time difference information corresponding to the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • N represents the number of symbols in the time domain occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • the access network device does not need to Perform data scheduling constraints. However, the access network device needs to perform data scheduling restrictions on the time-domain symbol L to the time-domain symbol L+N-1.
  • the time domain symbol L-1 and the time domain symbol L+N may also have data scheduling restrictions, specifically It should be determined in combination with the half search window defined by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
  • the terminal device does not want to perform PRS positioning measurement on the PRS time domain symbol overlapping with the data during the PPW of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device determines that there is data (downlink signal or channel) during the PPW period or on the PRS time domain symbols.
  • data downlink signal or channel
  • the terminal equipment should know which time-domain symbols will be used for data transmission, but not for PRS positioning measurement.
  • the terminal device For dynamically scheduled reception of a terminal device, eg, PDSCH scheduled by DCI, the terminal device knows to receive the PDSCH only after DCI decoding. If the time interval between the starting time domain position where the PDCCH (carrying DCI) is located and the starting time domain position where the PDSCH is located is too close, the terminal device cannot perform the reception of the PDSCH because the terminal device performs the reception on the corresponding time domain symbol. PRS positioning measurement. If the PDSCH sent by the access network device overlaps with the PRS of the serving cell or non-serving cell, and the start time domain position of the PDCCH is M time domain symbols or N time slots later than the start time domain position of the PDSCH, there may still be Scheduling constraints. For example, as shown in Figure 6, the initial time domain position where the PDCCH is located is M time domain symbols or N time slots before the initial time domain position where the PDSCH is located, then the access network device is at the eighth time domain position There are still data scheduling limitations.
  • the DCI corresponding to the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS scheduled in the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS should be M time domain symbols or N time domain symbols before the initial time domain position where the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS is located time slot transmission. If the terminal device does not receive the DCI and there is no configuration data on the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS, the terminal device will receive the PRS and perform PRS measurement. This means that after M time domain symbols or N time slots, the data scheduled by the DCI (the time domain position occupied by the data overlaps with the time domain position occupied by the PRS) will be restricted.
  • the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS include the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
  • Step 308 may be performed after step 304 .
  • the access network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information from the access network device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is an integer greater than 0.
  • the data of the terminal equipment includes at least one of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and AP-CSI-RS. Then the terminal device may preferentially process the service indicated by the first indication information within the R time domain symbols.
  • M time-domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device are used for the terminal device to parse DCI carried by the PDCCH, etc., where M is an integer greater than 0.
  • the data of the terminal equipment occupies the M time-domain symbols.
  • the M time domain symbols are also the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, that is to say, the M time domain symbols are the difference between the time domain position occupied by the data of the terminal device and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell Overlap.
  • the access network device can send the terminal The device sends the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device preferentially processes the data service of the terminal device within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, then the terminal device processes the data service of the terminal device within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device Data traffic is prioritized within time domain symbols.
  • the access network device sends the terminal device Sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment preferentially processes the positioning and measurement service of the terminal equipment within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal equipment, then the terminal equipment is within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal equipment Priority processing of positioning measurement services within time domain symbols.
  • the access network device restricts the behavior of the terminal device according to the importance of the data service, and prevents the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
  • step 308 may be executed on the basis of steps 303b to 305, or may not be executed on the basis of steps 303b to 305, that is, step 308 is directly executed after step 304.
  • Applications are not limited.
  • the terminal device determines capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; then, the terminal device sends the capability information.
  • the terminal device can send capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the terminal The maximum receive time difference supported by the device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. See Figure 7, methods include:
  • the access network device determines an eighth time domain position.
  • Step 701 is similar to step 304a in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , for details, please refer to the related introduction of aforementioned step 304a , which will not be repeated here.
  • the access network device determines the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold.
  • the expected receiving time difference threshold may be defined by the communication standard or pre-configured, which is not limited in this application.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 further includes step 701a.
  • the access network device acquires the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell.
  • Step 701a is similar to step 303a in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • Step 701a is similar to step 303a in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 further includes step 701b.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in embodiments of the present application are a communication method and a communication apparatus. The method of the embodiments of the present application comprises: a terminal device determines capability information, the capability information comprising at least one of: scheduling restriction information and a desired receiving time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information being used for indicating a data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, the desired receiving time difference threshold being a maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, the receiving time difference being a time difference between a first reference time of a serving cell and a second reference time of a non-serving cell; the terminal device sends the capability information. Therefore, it is convenient for an access network device to determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device on the basis of the capability information, so that the access network device reasonably and effectively performs data scheduling of the terminal device, and data scheduling performance is improved.

Description

通信方法以及通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年1月7日提交中国专利局,申请号为202210018470.5,发明名称为“通信方法以及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中,以及要求于2022年8月4日提交中国专利局,申请号为202210935716.5,发明名称为“通信方法以及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210018470.5 and the invention title "communication method and communication device" filed with the China Patent Office on January 7, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference, and Priority is claimed to the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210935716.5 and the title of the invention "communication method and communication device" filed with the China Patent Office on August 4, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法以及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
目前,在新空口发布第16个版本(new radio release 16,NR-Rel-16)协议中,用户设备(user equipment,UE)在测量窗口(measurement gap,MG)中进行下行定位测量任务。而MG的参数(例如,MG周期、MG持续时间等)是基站通过RRC消息配置给UE。目前,UE需要测量来自服务小区的定位参考信号(positioning reference signals,PRS)和非服务小区的PRS,以满足NR-Rel-16协议中支持的多种下行定位方式。例如,下行到达时间差(downlink time difference of arrival,DL-TDOA),下行离开角(downlink angle of departure,DL-AOD)。服务小区的PRS资源和非服务小区的PRS资源之间的相位位置由定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)配置的辅助数据中的预期参考信号到达时间差(exspected reference signal time difference,expected RSTD)和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差(expected RSTD uncertainty)确定。Currently, in the new radio release 16 (NR-Rel-16) protocol, the user equipment (user equipment, UE) performs downlink positioning measurement tasks in the measurement window (measurement gap, MG). MG parameters (for example, MG period, MG duration, etc.) are configured by the base station to the UE through an RRC message. Currently, the UE needs to measure the positioning reference signals (positioning reference signals, PRS) from the serving cell and the PRS of the non-serving cell, so as to meet the multiple downlink positioning methods supported in the NR-Rel-16 protocol. For example, downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA), downlink angle of departure (DL-AOD). The phase position between the PRS resources of the serving cell and the PRS resources of the non-serving cell is determined by the expected reference signal time difference (expected reference signal time difference, expected RSTD) and The uncertainty of the expected reference signal arrival time difference (expected RSTD uncertainty) determination.
但是,如果某些PRS资源没有在MG内,UE需要请求基站配置MG。目前MG请求是UE通过RRC信令发起的,再由基站给UE配置相应的MG。因此MG的配置过程需要耗费较多时间。在NR-Rel-17协议中引入无MG定位测量,以提高定位测量的效率。However, if some PRS resources are not in the MG, the UE needs to request the base station to configure the MG. Currently, the MG request is initiated by the UE through RRC signaling, and then the base station configures the corresponding MG for the UE. Therefore, the configuration process of the MG takes a lot of time. Introduce MG-free localization measurement in NR-Rel-17 protocol to improve the efficiency of localization measurement.
然而,在无MG定位测量时,终端设备的数据业务与非服务小区的定位测量业务同时存在。若数据业务与定位测量业务存在冲突,存在优先处理或丢弃业务的情况。而基站在无MG定位测量场景下应当如何调度终端设备的数据以提升数据调度性能,是值得考虑的问题。However, when there is no MG positioning measurement, the data service of the terminal equipment and the positioning measurement service of the non-serving cell exist simultaneously. If there is a conflict between the data service and the positioning measurement service, the service may be prioritized or discarded. It is worth considering how the base station should schedule the data of the terminal equipment in the scenario of no MG positioning measurement to improve the data scheduling performance.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法以及通信装置,用于接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度。实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are used for an access network device to determine data scheduling of a terminal device based on capability information. Realize that the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively schedule the data of the terminal equipment, and improve the performance of data scheduling.
本申请第一方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The first aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
终端设备确定能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;终端设备发送能力信息。The terminal device determines the capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum reception time difference supported by the terminal device, receiving The time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; the terminal device sends capability information.
上述技术方案中,终端设备可以发送能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度 限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差。从而便于接入网设备可以基于该能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the above technical solution, the terminal device may send capability information, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
本申请第二方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The second aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
终端设备确定第一时域位置,终端设备确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。The terminal device determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
上述技术方案中,终端设备可以确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。从而有利于终端设备在对应的时域位置执行相应的业务,有利于保障业务的正常进行。In the above technical solution, the terminal device may determine the positioning measurement behavior and the data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position. Therefore, it is beneficial for the terminal device to execute corresponding services at the corresponding time domain positions, and it is beneficial to ensure the normal progress of the services.
基于第一方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
终端设备确定第一时域位置,终端设备确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。The terminal device determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,终端设备可以确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。从而有利于终端设备在对应的时域位置执行相应的业务,有利于保障业务的正常进行。In this implementation manner, the terminal device may determine the positioning measurement behavior and the data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position. Therefore, it is beneficial for the terminal device to execute corresponding services at the corresponding time domain positions, and it is beneficial to ensure the normal progress of the services.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;终端设备确定第一时域位置包括:Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes a first non-serving cell; determining the first time domain position by the terminal device includes:
终端设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一时域位置,参考小区为服务小区或终端设备的一个非服务小区。The terminal device determines the first time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the reference cell is the serving cell or a non-serving cell of the terminal device. district.
在该实现方式中示出了终端设备确定第一时域位置的具体方式,终端设备可以结合服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一时域位置。从而便于确定第一非服务小区映射到服务小区上的哪些时域位置,便于终端设备确定在这些时域位置上的处理行为。This implementation shows a specific way for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position. The terminal device may combine at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell One term determines the first time domain position. Therefore, it is convenient to determine which time domain positions on the serving cell the first non-serving cell is mapped to, and it is convenient for the terminal device to determine processing behaviors at these time domain positions.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;终端设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一时域位置,包括:Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes the first non-serving cell; At least one item of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell determines the first time domain position, including:
终端设备确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;The terminal device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
终端设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;The terminal device determines the second time domain where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell Location;
终端设备根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,第三时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第四时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长都等于第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;The terminal device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position is located at the second time domain position Before the start time domain position and continuous with the start time domain position, the fourth time domain position is after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position The duration of the time domain position is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell;
终端设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第一时域位置。The terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中提供了终端设备确定第一时域位置的具体过程。终端设备可以确定第 一服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的哪些时域位置,并在这些时域位置的前后开半搜索窗的长度。那么终端设备可以考虑在第一时域位置上的处理行为,从而有利于终端设备合理处理相应的业务,保障一些优先级较高的业务的正常进行。In this implementation manner, a specific process for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position is provided. The terminal device can determine which time domain positions of the serving cell the PRS of the first serving cell is mapped to, and open half the length of the search window before and after these time domain positions. Then the terminal device may consider the processing behavior at the first time domain location, which is beneficial for the terminal device to process corresponding services reasonably and ensure the normal progress of some services with higher priority.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
终端设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第五时域位置;The terminal device determines the fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
终端设备根据第五时域位置和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;The terminal device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
终端设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第一时域位置,包括:The terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position, including:
终端设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置、第四时域位置、第五时域位置、第六时域位置和第七时域位置作为第一时域位置。The terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,从而便于终端设备在服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置也做相应的处理行为的判断。有利于终端设备合理优先处理对应的业务。In this implementation, the first time domain position also includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, so that the terminal device can also judge the corresponding processing behavior at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. It is beneficial for the terminal device to reasonably prioritize corresponding services.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:服务小区的系统帧号偏移(system frame number offet,SFN-offet)、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a system frame number offset (system frame number offset, SFN-offet) of the serving cell, an expected reference Signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:第一非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;The positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
参考小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:参考小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。The positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the reference cell, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning Reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
在该实现方式中示出了定位辅助信息的一些具体内容,有利于终端设备结合定位辅助信息确定对应的小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, some specific content of the positioning assistance information is shown, which is beneficial for the terminal device to determine the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the corresponding cell in combination with the positioning assistance information.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为,包括:Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position, including:
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则终端设备在第一时域位置上接收PRS,在第一时域位置上不接收来自接入网设备的数据;或者,If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the terminal device receives the PRS at the first time domain position, and does not receive data from the access network device at the first time domain position ;or,
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,且终端设备的物理下行共享信道(physical downlink share channel,PDSCH)或非周期信道状态信息参考信号(aperiodic channel state information reference signal,AP-CSI-RS)落在第一时域位置上,物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的起始时域位置与PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备忽略或不处理PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS,终端设备在第一时域位置上执行PRS的测量,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数,PDCCH用于确定PDSCH 或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, and the physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink share channel, PDSCH) or aperiodic channel state information reference signal (aperiodic channel state information) of the terminal device reference signal, AP-CSI-RS) falls in the first time domain position, the initial time domain position of the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH) and the initial time domain position of PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS The time interval between is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then the terminal device ignores or does not process PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS, and the terminal device performs PRS measurement at the first time domain position, and M is greater than or An integer equal to 0, N is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the PDCCH is used to determine the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS.
在该实现方式中,终端设备结合业务的优先级确定在第一时域位置上的处理行为。另外,终端设备基于业务的优先级的情况下,还可能结合数据的调度时间来最终确定在第一时域位置上的处理行为。从而有利于终端设备保障业务的优先级,有利于合理的做出相应的处理行为,提升通信性能。In this implementation manner, the terminal device determines the processing behavior at the first time domain position in combination with the priority of the service. In addition, when the terminal device is based on the priority of the service, it is also possible to finally determine the processing behavior at the first time domain position in combination with the scheduling time of the data. Therefore, it is beneficial for the terminal device to ensure the priority of services, and it is beneficial to reasonably make corresponding processing behaviors and improve communication performance.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区占用的时隙中距离第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located The corresponding time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, the second The time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the time slot is located, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located; the first time slot is One of the time slots occupied by the serving cell, the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the time slot of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离所述第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time domain, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located The time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the first radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, and the second radio frame is Among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell, the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located; the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell , the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中提供了第一参考时间和第二参考时间的几种可能的示例。也就是非服务小区与服务小区之间可以是时隙级别的同步,或者符号级别的同步,或无线帧级别的同步。通过该接收时间差来定义服务小区与非服务小区之间的同步情况。Several possible examples of the first reference time and the second reference time are provided in this implementation. That is, the synchronization between the non-serving cell and the serving cell may be at the slot level, or at the symbol level, or at the radio frame level. The synchronization situation between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一时隙为服务小区的PRS占用的时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区的PRS占用的时隙;Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a serving cell, and the second time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell;
第一时域符号为服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区的PRS 占用的时域符号;The first time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一无线帧为服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧。The first radio frame is a radio frame occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second radio frame is the radio frame occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中示出了第一时隙、第二时隙、第一时域符号、第二时域符号、第一无线帧和第二无线帧的一些可能的实现方式。也就是通过接收时间差来定义服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置与非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置之间的时间差。Some possible implementations of the first time slot, the second time slot, the first time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol, the first radio frame and the second radio frame are shown in this implementation manner. That is, the time difference between the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)的长度;或者,Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of a cyclic prefix (cyclic prefix, CP); or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
在该可能的实现方式中示出了期望接收时间差门限的几种可能的长度,具体的长度应当与终端设备的能力相关。Several possible lengths of the expected receiving time difference threshold are shown in this possible implementation manner, and the specific length should be related to the capability of the terminal device.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
终端设备向接入网设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The terminal device sends first information to the access network device, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or an integer equal to 0.
在该可能的实现方式中,第一信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,有利于接入网设备结合第一信息调度PDCCH。避免由于当出现数据业务和定位测量业务冲突时,由于终端设备还没有及时确定数据的位置,导致终端设备优先处理定位业务而丢弃数据。那么在数据业务的优先级较高的情况下,无法保证数据业务的优先级。In this possible implementation, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, which is beneficial for the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the first information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、或4。Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息包含于能力信息中。在该实现方式中,终端设备可以通过能力信息上报该第一信息。也就是第一信息可以属于终端设备的一种能力。从而便于接入网设备更好的调度终端设备的PDCCH。Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information is included in capability information. In this implementation manner, the terminal device may report the first information through capability information. That is, the first information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备发送能力信息,包括:Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends capability information, including:
终端设备向定位管理设备或接入网设备发送能力信息。The terminal device sends capability information to the location management device or the access network device.
在该实现方式中,终端设备可以向定位管理设备发送该能力信息,以便于定位管理设备向接入网设备发送该发送能力信息。或者,终端设备直接向接入网设备发送能力信息。从而实现接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the terminal device may send the capability information to the location management device, so that the location management device sends the sending capability information to the access network device. Alternatively, the terminal device directly sends the capability information to the access network device. Therefore, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
终端设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的定位辅助信息;The terminal device sends the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device;
其中,非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符 号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
在该实现方式中,终端设备可以向接入网设备提供非服务小区的定位辅助信息。从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the terminal device may provide the access network device with the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position where the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the serving cell.
本申请第三方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The third aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device The maximum receiving time difference, where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information.
上述技术方案中,接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。有利于接入网设备基于能力信息合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the above technical solution, the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information. It is beneficial for the access network equipment to reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment based on the capability information, and improve data scheduling performance.
本申请第四方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The fourth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
接入网设备确定第八时域位置;接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device determines the eighth time domain position; the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
上述技术方案中,接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。从而有利于接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the above technical solution, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position. Therefore, it is beneficial for the access network equipment to reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment, and improve data scheduling performance.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限;接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the capability information includes the expected receiving time difference threshold; the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
接入网设备基于期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置;The access network device determines the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold;
接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备可以基于期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置,再确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。有利于接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In this implementation manner, the access network device may determine the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold, and then determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position. It is beneficial for the access network equipment to perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment reasonably and effectively, and improve data scheduling performance.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;接入网设备基于期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置,包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes the first non-serving cell; the access network device determines the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold, including:
接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置。The access network device determines the eighth time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中示出了接入网设备确定第八时域位置的具体方式,接入网设备可以结合服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置。从而便于确定第一非服务小区映射到服务小区上的哪些时域位置,便于接入网设备确定在这些时域位置上的数据调度限制。In this implementation, the specific way for the access network device to determine the eighth time domain position is shown. The access network device can combine the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell At least one item of the information and the expected reception time difference threshold determine an eighth time domain location. Therefore, it is convenient to determine which time domain positions on the serving cell the first non-serving cell is mapped to, and it is convenient for the access network device to determine data scheduling restrictions on these time domain positions.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置,包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the access network device according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference Thresholds determine the eighth time-domain position, including:
接入网设备确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;The access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;The access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, the second PRS mapped on the serving cell by the PRS of the first non-serving cell. time domain position;
接入网设备根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,第三时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第四时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长等于第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;The access network device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position is located in the second time domain The start time domain position of the position is before and continuous with the start time domain position, the fourth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and The duration of the fourth time domain position is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell;
接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第八时域位置。The access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
在该实现方式中提供了接入网设备确定第八时域位置的具体过程。接入网设备可以确定第一服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的哪些时域位置,并在这些时域位置的前后开半搜索窗的长度。那么接入网设备可以考虑在第八时域位置上的数据调度限制,从而有利于接入网设备合理有效的进行数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In this implementation manner, a specific process for the access network device to determine the eighth time domain position is provided. The access network device may determine which time domain positions of the serving cell the PRS of the first serving cell is mapped to, and open half the length of the search window before and after these time domain positions. Then, the access network device may consider the data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position, which is beneficial for the access network device to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively, and improve data scheduling performance.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第五时域位置;The access network device determines the fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
接入网设备根据第五时域位置和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;The access network device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the fifth time domain position and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell;
接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第一时域位置,包括:The access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position, including:
接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置、第四时域位置、第五时域位置、第六时域位置和第七时域位置作为第八时域位置。The access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
在该实现方式中,第八时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,从而便于接入网设备在服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置也做相应的数据调度限制。In this implementation, the eighth time domain position also includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, so that the access network device can also perform corresponding data scheduling restrictions on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,服务小区与第一非服务小区同步;接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置,包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the serving cell is synchronized with the first non-serving cell; the access network device uses the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell At least one item in the information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position, including:
接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第二时域位置;The access network device determines the second time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
接入网设备根据第二时域位置和期望接收时间差门限确定第九时域位置和第十时域位置,第九时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第十时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续;第九时域位置的时长和第十时域位置的时长都等于期望接收时间差门限;The access network device determines the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the ninth time domain position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is the same as the start time domain position The time domain positions are continuous, and the tenth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the end time domain position; the duration of the ninth time domain position and the duration of the tenth time domain position are both equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
接入网设备将第二时域位置、第九时域位置和第十时域位置作为第八时域位置。The access network device uses the second time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
在该实现方式中提供了针对第一服务小区与服务小区同步的情况下,接入网设备确定第八时域位置的具体过程。接入网设备可以确定第一服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的哪些时域位置,并在这些时域位置的前后开期望接收时间差门限的长度。那么接入网设备可以考虑在第八时域位置上的数据调度限制,从而有利于接入网设备合理有效的进行数据调度,提升数据调度性能。This implementation manner provides a specific process for the access network device to determine the eighth time domain position in the case that the first serving cell is synchronized with the serving cell. The access network device may determine which time domain positions of the serving cell the PRS of the first serving cell is mapped to, and set the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold before and after these time domain positions. Then, the access network device may consider the data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position, which is beneficial for the access network device to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively, and improve data scheduling performance.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备 的数据调度限制,包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position, including:
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the eighth time domain position; or,
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position.
在该实现方式中接入网设备结合终端设备的业务优先级确定在第八时域位置上的数据调度限制,从而合理有效的进行数据调度,保障终端设备的业务的优先级,提升数据调度性能。In this implementation mode, the access network device determines the data scheduling limit at the eighth time domain position in combination with the service priority of the terminal device, so as to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively, guarantee the service priority of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance .
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区占用的时隙中距离第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the time corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located. domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the time domain position where the second time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located; the first time slot is occupied by the serving cell One of the time slots, the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time domain, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located The time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the first radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, and the second radio frame is Among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell, the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located; the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell , the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中提供了第一参考时间和第二参考时间的几种可能的示例。也就是非服务小区与服务小区之间可以是时隙级别的同步,或者符号级别的同步,或无线帧级别的同步。通过该接收时间差来定义服务小区与非服务小区之间的同步情况。Several possible examples of the first reference time and the second reference time are provided in this implementation. That is, the synchronization between the non-serving cell and the serving cell may be at the slot level, or at the symbol level, or at the radio frame level. The synchronization situation between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
在该可能的实现方式中示出了期望接收时间差门限的几种可能的长度,具体的长度应当与终端设备的能力相关。Several possible lengths of the expected receiving time difference threshold are shown in this possible implementation manner, and the specific length should be related to the capability of the terminal device.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接入网设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,第一信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The access network device receives first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is An integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该可能的实现方式中,第一信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,有利于接入网设备结合第一信息调度PDCCH。避免由于当出现数据业务和定位测量业务冲突时,由于终端设备还没有及时确定数据的位置,导致终端设备优先处理定位业务而丢弃数据。那么在数据业务的优先级较高的情况下,无法保证数据业务的优先级。In this possible implementation, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, which is beneficial for the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the first information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、或4。Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息包含于能力信息中。在该实现方式中,终端设备可以通过能力信息上报该第一信息。也就是第一信息可以属于终端设备的一种能力。从而便于接入网设备更好的调度终端设备的PDCCH。Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information is included in capability information. In this implementation manner, the terminal device may report the first information through capability information. That is, the first information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, including:
接入网设备接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的能力信息。The access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device or the location management device.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的能力信息,从而实现接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device or the location management device, so that the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接入网设备接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的非服务小区的定位辅助信息;The access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device or the positioning management device;
其中,非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备接收来自终端设备的非服务小区的定位辅助信息。从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position where the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the serving cell.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
接入网设备相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,第三起始时域位置为接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置,第三起始时域位置落在第八时域位置上,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third initial time domain position, and the third initial time domain position is when the access network device sends the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS to the terminal device The initial time domain position of , the third initial time domain position falls on the eighth time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备可以提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度落在第八时域位置上的PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS,从而便于终端设备确定PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS所在的时域位置。有利于保障数据业务的优先级。In this implementation, the access network device can schedule the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS at the eighth time domain position M time domain symbols or N time slots in advance, so that the terminal equipment can determine the PDSCH or AP-CSI - the time domain position where the RS is located. It is conducive to ensuring the priority of data services.
基于第三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the serving cell, expected reference signal time difference of arrival information, and uncertain expected reference signal time difference of arrival Information, resource set slot offset, positioning reference signal resource slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal continuous time domain symbol;
第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:第一非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;The positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
参考小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:参考小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。The positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the reference cell, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning Reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
在该实现方式中示出了定位辅助信息的一些具体内容,有利于终端设备结合定位辅助信息确定对应的小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, some specific content of the positioning assistance information is shown, which is beneficial for the terminal device to determine the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the corresponding cell in combination with the positioning assistance information.
本申请第五方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
定位管理设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;定位管理设备向接入网设备发送能力信息。The location management device receives capability information from the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is the maximum supported by the terminal device. receiving a time difference, where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; the positioning management device sends capability information to the access network device.
由上述技术方案可知,定位管理设备向接入网设备发送能力信息,从而便于接入网设备可以基于该能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。It can be seen from the above technical solution that the location management device sends capability information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, and realize that the access network device can reasonably and effectively process the data of the terminal device. Scheduling to improve data scheduling performance.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区占用的时隙中距离第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, or the first time domain position corresponding to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the first second time length of the first time slot, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located; the first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell The second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the information, and the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时 域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time domain, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located The time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the first radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, and the second radio frame is Among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell, the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located; the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell , the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中提供了第一参考时间和第二参考时间的几种可能的示例。也就是非服务小区与服务小区之间可以是时隙级别的同步,或者符号级别的同步,或无线帧级别的同步。通过该接收时间差来定义服务小区与非服务小区之间的同步情况。Several possible examples of the first reference time and the second reference time are provided in this implementation. That is, the synchronization between the non-serving cell and the serving cell may be at the slot level, or at the symbol level, or at the radio frame level. The synchronization situation between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is defined by the receiving time difference.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
在该可能的实现方式中示出了期望接收时间差门限的几种可能的长度,具体的长度应当与终端设备的能力相关。Several possible lengths of the expected receiving time difference threshold are shown in this possible implementation manner, and the specific length should be related to the capability of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
定位管理设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的定位辅助信息;The location management device sends the location assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device;
其中,非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
在该实现方式中,定位管理设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的定位辅助信息。从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the positioning management device sends the auxiliary positioning information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position where the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the serving cell.
本申请第六方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The sixth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
终端设备确定能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为终端设备接收来自服务小区的PRS的时间与终端设备接收来自非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差;终端设备发送能力信息。The terminal device determines the capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum reception time difference supported by the terminal device, receiving The time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell; the terminal device sends capability information.
由上述技术方案可知,终端设备可以发送能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制, 该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差。从而便于接入网设备可以基于该能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。It can be seen from the above technical solution that the terminal device can send capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold It is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal equipment. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。In a possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
在该可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以通过调度限制信息具体指示某段时域位置上的数据调度限制,从而便于接入网设备结合该调度限制信息确定终端设备数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In this possible implementation, the terminal device can specifically indicate the data scheduling restriction at a certain time domain position through the scheduling restriction information, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device in combination with the scheduling restriction information, and realize the access network The equipment reasonably and effectively schedules the data of the terminal equipment to improve the performance of data scheduling.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中,由于接入网设备无法感知到非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,因此该时域位置上可能会出现服务小区的数据业务与该非服务小区的PRS之间的冲突。因此,终端设备可以向接入网设备指示该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。从而实现接入网设备更好的调度终端设备,保障终端设备的业务优先级。In this implementation, since the access network equipment cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a conflict between the data service of the serving cell and the PRS of the non-serving cell at this time domain position . Therefore, the terminal device may indicate to the access network device the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. In this way, the access network equipment can better schedule the terminal equipment and ensure the service priority of the terminal equipment.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备根据终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。The terminal device determines the first time-domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information.
在该实现方式中提供了终端设备确定第一时域位置的一种可能的方式,有利于方案的实施。终端设备根据终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区的PRS所有可能落在的时域范围,并向接入网设备指示该第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this implementation manner, a possible manner for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position is provided, which facilitates the implementation of the solution. The terminal device determines all possible time domain ranges where the PRS of the non-serving cell may fall according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the terminal device, and indicates the range to the access network device Data scheduling constraints at the first time domain location. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据终端设备的非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, including:
终端设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。The terminal device determines the first time-domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,提供了终端设备确定第一时域位置的一种具体方式,有利于方案的实施。另一方面,终端设备结合非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置,有利于精准的确定具有数据调度限制的时域位置。从而便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this implementation manner, a specific manner for the terminal device to determine the first time-domain position is provided, which facilitates the implementation of the solution. On the other hand, the terminal device determines the first time domain position by combining the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold, which is conducive to accurately determining time domain position. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold, including:
终端设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、第一信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置;The terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the first information, and the expected reception time difference threshold;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发 送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
在该可能的实现方式中终端设备还进一步结合第一信息确定第一时域位置,并向接入网设备指示该第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation manner, the terminal device further determines the first time domain position in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time difference information determines a first time domain location.
在该实现方式中提供了终端设备确定第一时域位置的另一种可能的方式,有利于方案的实施。终端设备根据终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区的PRS所有可能落在的时域范围。终端设备根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。然后,终端设备向接入网设备指示该第一时域位置,该第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。Another possible way for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position is provided in this implementation manner, which facilitates the implementation of the solution. The terminal device determines all possible time domain ranges where the PRS of the non-serving cell falls according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device. The terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. Then, the terminal device indicates the first time domain position to the access network device, and the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
在该实现方式中,终端设备也可以进一步指示服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the terminal device may further indicate the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,包括:In another possible implementation, the terminal device uses the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the serving cell The uncertainty of the expected reference signal arrival time difference information to determine the first time-domain position, including:
终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time difference information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,提供了终端设备确定第一时域位置的一种具体方式,有利于方案的实施。另一方面,终端设备结合非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置具有数据调度限制的时域位置,有利于精准的确定具有数据调度限制的时域位置。从而便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this implementation manner, a specific manner for the terminal device to determine the first time-domain position is provided, which facilitates the implementation of the solution. On the other hand, the terminal device combines the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold to determine that the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell has data scheduling restrictions The time domain location is beneficial to accurately determine the time domain location with data scheduling constraints. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device is based on the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the serving cell, the serving cell The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty and the expected reception time difference threshold determine the first time domain position, including:
终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不 确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、期望接收时间差门限以及第一信息确定第一时域位置;According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time difference information, the expected receiving time difference threshold and the first information determine the first time domain position;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
在该可能的实现方式中终端设备还进一步结合第一信息确定第一时域位置,并向接入网设备指示该第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation manner, the terminal device further determines the first time domain position in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。对于接收时间差超过期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区来说,终端设备并无法对该非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。因此,接入网设备需要考虑的是接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position corresponds to a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. For a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference exceeds the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. Therefore, what the access network device needs to consider is the data scheduling limitation at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息,若调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information. If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the non-serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell determines a first time domain position, and the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position.
在该可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制的情况下,还用于指示数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。从而便于接入网设备参考这些信息确定具有数据调度限制的第一时域位置。有利于接入网设备合理有效的进行数据调度,保障终端设备的优先级较高的业务的正常进行,提升调度性能。In this possible implementation, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and is also used to indicate data scheduling restrictions, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling. performance. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to refer to the information to determine the first time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. It is conducive to the reasonable and effective data scheduling of the access network equipment, ensuring the normal operation of services with higher priority on the terminal equipment, and improving the scheduling performance.
另一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置;In another possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first timing is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, and the first information. domain location;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
在该可能的实现方式中调度限制信息还进一步指示结合第一信息确定第一时域位置,并向接入网设备指示该第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information further indicates that the first time domain position is determined in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号,N1和N2为大于0的整数,N1个时域符号和N2个时域符号是终端设备的非服务小 区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell For the next N2 time domain symbols, N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0, and the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
在该可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号。提供了第一时域位置的一种可能的形式,由于接入网设备无法确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,因此在非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上可能存在终端设备的数据业务与该非服务小区的PRS出现冲突。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or after the end time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols of . A possible form of the first time domain position is provided. Since the access network device cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The data service conflicts with the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限,期望接收时间差门限用于确定第二时域位置,在第二时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine a second time domain position, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions;
其中,第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长。Wherein, the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and The fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限可以用于确定该有数据调度限制的第二时域位置。从而便于接入网设备确定哪些时域位置上需要考虑数据调度限制。其次,由上述第二时域位置可知,对于接入网设备来说,其无法感知非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,且只能对接收时间差落在期望接收时间差门限范围内的非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。因此,终端设备通过期望接收时间差门限可以合理的指示有数据调度限制的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the expected receiving time difference threshold may be used to determine the second time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine which time domain positions need to consider data scheduling restrictions. Secondly, it can be known from the second time domain position above that for the access network device, it cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, and can only detect the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference falls within the expected receiving time difference threshold range. The PRS of the cell performs positioning measurement. Therefore, the terminal device can reasonably indicate the time domain position with data scheduling restriction through the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该能力信息还包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。在该实现方式中,如果调度限制信息指示有数据调度限制,那么接入网设备结合其他信息(比如期望接收时间差门限)确定具有数据调度限制的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions. In this implementation, if the scheduling restriction information indicates that there is data scheduling restriction, then the access network device determines the time domain position with data scheduling restriction in combination with other information (such as the expected receiving time difference threshold).
另一种可能的实现方式中,接收时间差为第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差;In another possible implementation manner, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position;
第一起始时域位置为服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;第二起始时域位置为非服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;The first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell; the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一起始时域位置是根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;The first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
第二起始时域位置是根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中进一步示出了接收时间差的具体含义,通过第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差定义该接收时间差。有利于终端设备或接入网设备确定哪些非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置需要考虑数据调度限制。例如,非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,则该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不考虑数据调度限制。非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,则该非服务小区的PRS占用 的时域位置需要考虑数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the specific meaning of the receiving time difference is further shown, and the receiving time difference is defined by the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position. The time-domain positions that are beneficial for the terminal device or the access network device to determine which PRSs of the non-serving cells are occupied need to consider data scheduling restrictions. For example, if the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell does not consider data scheduling restrictions. If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell needs to consider data scheduling restrictions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上;或者,In another possible implementation, the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location; or,
第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,The first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell At the moment corresponding to the first second duration of the corresponding time domain position, the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
第一起始时域位置位于第一时刻,第二起始时域位置位于第二时刻;The first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
若服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之前,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell The deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之后,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时刻;第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
上述提供了第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置的几种可能的定义方式,有利于终端设备或接入网设备确定服务小区的第一起始时域位置以及每个非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置。The above provides several possible ways of defining the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device or access network device to determine the first initial time domain position of the serving cell and each non-serving cell The corresponding second starting time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备确定能力信息,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines capability information, including:
终端设备根据终端设备的并发能力确定调度限制信息,该并发能力包括终端设备是否支持在没有MG的情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务的并发。The terminal device determines the scheduling restriction information according to the concurrency capability of the terminal device, and the concurrency capability includes whether the terminal device supports concurrency of data services and positioning measurement services of the terminal device without an MG.
在该可能的实现方式中,提供了终端设备确定调度限制信息的一种具体方式,有利于方案的实施。终端设备结合其是否支持在没有MG的情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务的并发能力确定该调度限制信息。In this possible implementation manner, a specific manner for the terminal device to determine scheduling restriction information is provided, which facilitates the implementation of the solution. The terminal device determines the scheduling restriction information in combination with whether it supports concurrent capabilities of the terminal device's data service and positioning measurement service without an MG.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据终端设备的并发能力确定调度限制信息,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines scheduling restriction information according to the concurrency capability of the terminal device, including:
若终端设备支持在没有MG的情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务并发,则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制;If the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services of the terminal device without an MG, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restrictions;
若终端设备不支持在没有MG的情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务并发,则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。If the terminal device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services of the terminal device without an MG, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
在该实现方式中提供终端设备结合终端设备是否支持在没有测量窗口的情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务的并发能力确定调度限制信息的具体过程。例如,在低频场景下,终端设备支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发(即终端设备同时接收数据和PRS),则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有调度限制。在高频场景下,终端设备不支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。In this implementation, a specific process is provided for the terminal device to determine the scheduling restriction information in combination with whether the terminal device supports the concurrency capability of the terminal device's data service and positioning measurement service without a measurement window. For example, in a low-frequency scenario, the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services (that is, the terminal device receives data and PRS at the same time), and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no scheduling restrictions. In a high-frequency scenario, the terminal device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5毫秒;或者,the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
在该可能的实现方式中示出了期望接收时间差门限的几种可能的长度,具体的长度应当与终端设备的能力相关。Several possible lengths of the expected receiving time difference threshold are shown in this possible implementation manner, and the specific length should be related to the capability of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备接收来自接入网设备的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH);终端设备解析PDCCH,并确定接入网设备向终端设备发送的PDSCH的起始时域位置;若PDSCH的起始时域位置落在第一时域位置上,且PDCCH占用的起始时域位置与PDSCH的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备忽略或不处理该PDSCH,该M为大于或等于0的整数,该N为大于或等于0的整数。The terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) from the access network device; the terminal device analyzes the PDCCH, and determines the initial time domain position of the PDSCH sent by the access network device to the terminal device; if the start of the PDSCH The initial time domain position falls on the first time domain position, and the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH and the initial time domain position of the PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then the terminal equipment The PDSCH is ignored or not processed, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该实现方式中,如果接入网设备没有相对于PDSCH的起始时域位置提前的M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,那么终端设备可以选择忽略该PDSCH。终端设备可以直接先处理第一时域位置上的定位测量业务。In this implementation, if the access network device does not schedule the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the start time domain position of the PDSCH, the terminal device may choose to ignore the PDSCH. The terminal device may directly process the positioning measurement service at the first time domain position first.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备接收来自接入网设备的PDCCH;终端设备解析PDCCH,并确定接入网设备向终端设备发送的PDSCH的起始时域位置;若PDSCH的起始时域位置落在第二时域位置上,且PDCCH占用的起始时域位置与PDSCH的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备忽略或不处理该PDSCH,该M为大于或等于0的整数。The terminal device receives the PDCCH from the access network device; the terminal device parses the PDCCH, and determines the initial time domain position of the PDSCH sent by the access network device to the terminal device; if the initial time domain position of the PDSCH falls in the second time domain position , and the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH and the initial time domain position of the PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH, and the M is greater than or an integer equal to 0.
在该实现方式中,如果接入网设备没有相对于PDSCH的起始时域位置提前的M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,那么终端设备可以选择忽略该PDSCH。终端设备可以直接先处理第二时域位置上的定位测量业务。In this implementation, if the access network device does not schedule the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the start time domain position of the PDSCH, the terminal device may choose to ignore the PDSCH. The terminal device may directly process the positioning measurement service at the second time domain position first.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备向接入网设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The terminal device sends second information to the access network device, the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or an integer equal to 0.
在该可能的实现方式中,第二信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,有利于接入网设备结合第二信息调度PDCCH。避免由于当出现数据业务和定位测量业务冲突时,由于终端设备还没有及时确定数据的位置,导致终端设备优先处理定位业务而丢弃数据。那么在数据业务的优先级较高的情况下,无法保证数据业务的优先级。In this possible implementation, the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, which is beneficial for the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the second information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
另一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、 或4。In another possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息包含于能力信息中。在该实现方式中,终端设备可以通过能力信息上报该第二信息。也就是第二信息可以属于终端设备的一种能力。从而便于接入网设备更好的调度终端设备的PDCCH。In another possible implementation manner, the second information is included in capability information. In this implementation manner, the terminal device may report the second information through capability information. That is, the second information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优先存储终端设备的数据,R为大于0的整数。The terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is greater than 0 integer.
在该实现方式中,终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优先存储终端设备的数据。从而实现接入网设备根据数据业务的重要性,对终端设备的行为进行约束,防止因为未提前感知数据业务而指示终端设备优先处理定位测量业务。In this implementation, the terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device . In this way, the access network device restricts the behavior of the terminal device according to the importance of the data service, and prevents the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备发送能力信息,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends capability information, including:
终端设备向定位管理设备或接入网设备发送能力信息。The terminal device sends capability information to the location management device or the access network device.
在该实现方式中,终端设备可以向定位管理设备发送该能力信息,以便于定位管理设备向接入网设备发送该发送能力信息。或者,终端设备直接向接入网设备发送能力信息。从而实现接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the terminal device may send the capability information to the location management device, so that the location management device sends the sending capability information to the access network device. Alternatively, the terminal device directly sends the capability information to the access network device. Therefore, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The terminal device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device.
在该实现方式中,终端设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the terminal device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
终端设备向接入网设备发送第一信息;The terminal device sends the first information to the access network device;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
在该实现方式中,终端设备向接入网设备发送第一信息,从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the terminal device sends the first information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
本申请第七方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The seventh aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为终端设备接收来自终端设备的服务小区的PRS的时间与终端设备接收来自终端设备的非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差;接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device The maximum receiving time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell of the terminal device and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell of the terminal device; the access network device determines the terminal device based on the capability information data scheduling constraints.
上述技术方案中,接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制, 期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差;然后,接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the above technical solution, the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device; then, the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information. Realize that the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively schedule the data of the terminal equipment, and improve the performance of data scheduling.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接收时间差为第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差;In another possible implementation manner, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position;
第一起始时域位置为服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;第二起始时域位置为非服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;The first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell; the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一起始时域位置是根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;The first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
第二起始时域位置是根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中进一步示出了接收时间差的具体含义,通过第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差定义该接收时间差。有利于终端设备或接入网设备确定哪些非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置需要考虑数据调度限制。例如,非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,则该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不考虑数据调度限制。非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,则该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置需要考虑数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the specific meaning of the receiving time difference is further shown, and the receiving time difference is defined by the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position. The time-domain positions that are beneficial for the terminal device or the access network device to determine which PRSs of the non-serving cells are occupied need to consider data scheduling restrictions. For example, if the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell does not consider data scheduling restrictions. If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell needs to consider data scheduling restrictions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上;或者,In another possible implementation, the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location; or,
第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,The first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell At the moment corresponding to the first second duration of the corresponding time domain position, the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
第一起始时域位置位于第一时刻,第二起始时域位置位于第二时刻;The first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
若服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之前,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell The deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之后,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时刻;第一时长是根据 服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
上述提供了第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置的几种可能的定义方式,有利于终端设备或接入网设备确定服务小区的第一起始时域位置以及每个非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置。The above provides several possible ways of defining the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device or access network device to determine the first initial time domain position of the serving cell and each non-serving cell The corresponding second starting time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制;接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction; the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
若调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上没有数据调度限制,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有调度限制。If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,如果调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制,那么接入网设备确定终端设备没有数据调度限制。In this implementation, if the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction, then the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息,接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
若调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines A terminal device has data scheduling constraints at a time domain location; or,
若调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines There is no data scheduling restriction for terminal devices at a time domain location.
在该实现方式中示出了接入网设备基于调度限制信息以及终端设备的业务的优先级确定终端设备的数据调度限制的具体实现过程。对于调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制的情况,接入网设备还结合终端设备的业务优先级确定在第一时域位置上终端设备是否有数据调度限制。This implementation manner shows a specific implementation process in which the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the scheduling restriction information and the service priority of the terminal device. For the case where the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position, the access network device also determines whether the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position in combination with the service priority of the terminal device .
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息和期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position;
接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:The access network device determines the data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
若第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据有调度限制;或者,If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, then accept The network access device determines that the data of the terminal device at the first time domain position has scheduling restrictions; or,
若第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, then accept The network access device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position; or,
若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一目标时域位置上终端设备的数据有调度限制,第一目标时域位置包括第一时域位置中第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号,第一小区为对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区; 或者,If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data service of the terminal device level, the access network device determines that the data of the terminal device at the first target time domain position has scheduling restrictions, the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first The cell is a non-serving cell whose time difference between the corresponding second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold; or,
若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一目标时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制,第一目标时域位置包括第一时域位置中第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号,第一小区为对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区。If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data service of the terminal device level, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the first target time domain position, the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first cell It is a non-serving cell whose time difference between the corresponding second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
该实现方式中示出了接入网设备结合调度限制信息、终端设备的业务优先级以及期望接收时间差门限确定终端设备的数据调度限制的具体过程。从而实现接入网设备精准的确定哪些时域位置上终端设备有数据调度,有利于保障优先级较高的业务的正常进行,提升系统性能。This implementation shows a specific process for the access network device to determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device in combination with the scheduling restriction information, the service priority of the terminal device, and the expected receiving time difference threshold. In this way, the access network device can accurately determine which time domain positions the terminal device has data scheduling, which is conducive to ensuring the normal operation of high-priority services and improving system performance.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限;接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes an expected reception time difference threshold; the access network device determines the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
接入网设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置;The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the expected reception time difference threshold;
接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限。接入网设备基于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。然后,终端设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。实现接入网设备精准的确定需要进行数据调度限制的时域位置,从而合理有效的进行数据调度。In this implementation manner, the capability information includes the expected receiving time difference threshold. The access network device determines the first time domain position based on expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cell uncertainty, and expected reception time difference threshold. Then, the terminal device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position. Realize that the access network equipment accurately determines the time domain position that needs to be restricted by data scheduling, so as to perform data scheduling reasonably and effectively.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息还包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。在该实现方式中,能力信息还包括调度限制信息,并通过调度限制信息指示接入网设备确定第一时域位置的方式,从而便于方案的实施。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information also includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information based on the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell A first time domain location is determined. In this implementation manner, the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information indicates the manner in which the access network device determines the first time domain position, thereby facilitating the implementation of the solution.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the access network device determines the first time domain according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the expected reception time difference threshold location, including:
接入网设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。According to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the expected The first time domain position is determined with reference to the signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备还可以进一步结合服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。也就是第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。进一步考虑在服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the access network device may further determine the first time domain position in combination with expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and expected reference signal arrival time difference information of uncertainty of the serving cell. That is, the first time domain position also includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. Further consider the data scheduling restriction of the terminal equipment at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息;调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间 差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the non-serving cell. The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the cell determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:The access network device determines the data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
接入网设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置;The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty;
接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。那么接入网设备基于这些信息确定第一时域位置,并确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this implementation, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell. Then the access network device determines the first time domain position based on the information, and determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position. It is beneficial for the access network equipment to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, including:
接入网设备根据预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及第一信息确定第一时域位置;The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the first information;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
在该可能的实现方式中终端设备还进一步结合第一信息确定第一时域位置,并向接入网设备指示该第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation manner, the terminal device further determines the first time domain position in combination with the first information, and indicates the data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position to the access network device. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种实现方式中,接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,包括:In another implementation manner, the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, including:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal uncertainty of the serving cell, the access network device The signal time difference of arrival information determines a first time domain location.
在该实现方式中提供了接入网设备确定第一时域位置的另一种可能的方式,有利于方案的实施。接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区的PRS所有可能落在的时域范围。接入网设备根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this implementation manner, another possible manner for the access network device to determine the first time domain position is provided, which facilitates the implementation of the solution. The access network device determines all possible time domain ranges where the PRS of the non-serving cell falls according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the expected reference signal. The access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The access network device receives the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation, the access network device receives expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cells and uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cells from the positioning management device or terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的第一信息。The access network device receives the first information from the location management device or the terminal device.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的第一信息,从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the access network device receives the first information from the location management device or the terminal device, so that the access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括:位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes: N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain located in the PRS occupation of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols after the symbol.
在该可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号。提供了第一时域位置的一种可能的形式,由于接入网设备无法确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,因此在非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上可能存在终端设备的数据业务与该非服务小区的PRS出现冲突。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or after the end time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols of . A possible form of the first time domain position is provided. Since the access network device cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The data service conflicts with the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中,提供了另一种第一时域位置的可能形式,由于接入网设备无法确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,因此在非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上可能存在终端设备的数据业务与该非服务小区的PRS出现冲突。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this implementation, another possible form of the first time domain position is provided. Since the access network equipment cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell There may be a conflict between the data service of the terminal device and the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。对于接收时间差超过期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区来说,终端设备并无法对该非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。因此,接入网设备需要考虑的是接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position corresponds to a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. For a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference exceeds the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. Therefore, what the access network device needs to consider is the data scheduling limitation at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种实现方式中,第一时域位置包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息和期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限;接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:In another possible implementation, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected reception time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the capability information includes the expected reception time difference threshold; the access network device based on the capability The information identifies data scheduling limits for end devices, including:
接入网设备根据期望接收时间差门限确定第二时域位置,第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长;接入网设备确定在第二时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device determines a second time domain position according to the expected receiving time difference threshold, where the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before the initial time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and continuous with the initial time domain position, And the fourth time domain position after the end time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold ; The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the second time domain position.
在该实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限可以用于确定该有数据调度限制的第二时域位置。从而便于接入网设备确定哪些时域位置上需要考虑数据调度限制。其次,由上述第二时域位置可知,对于接入网设备来说, 其无法感知非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,且只能对接收时间差落在期望接收时间差门限范围内的非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。接入网设备可以通过期望接收时间差门限确定有数据调度限制的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the expected receiving time difference threshold may be used to determine the second time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine which time domain positions need to consider data scheduling restrictions. Secondly, from the above-mentioned second time domain position, it can be seen that for the access network device, it cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, and can only detect the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference falls within the expected receiving time difference threshold range. The PRS of the cell performs positioning measurement. The access network device can determine the time-domain position with data scheduling restriction through the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
接入网设备相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,第三起始时域位置为接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH的起始时域位置,第三起始时域位置落在第一时域位置上,M为大于或等于0的整数。The access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third initial time domain position, and the third initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH to the terminal device , the third initial time domain position falls on the first time domain position, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该实现方式中接入网设备相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,有利于终端设备在M个时域符号或N个时隙内解析该PDCCH以确定数据的位置,从而便于在M个时域符号或N个时隙之后的时域位置上确定优先级处理数据业务还是定位测量业务。In this implementation, the access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots in advance relative to the third initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device to resolve the PDCCH within M time domain symbols or N time slots. The PDCCH is used to determine the position of the data, so that it is convenient to determine whether to prioritize the data service or the positioning measurement service at the time domain position after M time domain symbols or N time slots.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
接入网设备相对于第四起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,第四起始时域位置为接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH的起始时域位置,所第四起始时域位置落在第二时域位置上,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the fourth initial time domain position, and the fourth initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH to the terminal device , the fourth initial time domain position falls on the second time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该实现方式中接入网设备相对于第四起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,有利于终端设备在M个时域符号或N个时隙内解析该PDCCH以确定数据的位置,从而便于在M个时域符号或N个时隙之后的时域位置上确定优先级处理数据业务还是定位测量业务。In this implementation, the access network device schedules the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots in advance relative to the fourth initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device to resolve the PDCCH within M time domain symbols or N time slots. The PDCCH is used to determine the position of the data, so that it is convenient to determine whether to prioritize the data service or the positioning measurement service at the time domain position after M time domain symbols or N time slots.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
接入网设备接收来自终端设备的第二信息,第二信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The access network device receives second information from the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is An integer greater than or equal to 0.
在该可能的实现方式中,第二信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,从而有利于接入网设备结合第二信息调度PDCCH。避免由于当出现数据业务和定位测量业务冲突时,由于终端设备还没有及时确定数据的位置,导致终端设备优先处理定位业务而丢弃数据。那么在数据业务的优先级较高的情况下,无法保证数据业务的优先级。In this possible implementation manner, the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, so as to facilitate the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in combination with the second information. It is avoided that when the data service and the positioning measurement service conflict, the terminal device has not determined the location of the data in time, causing the terminal device to process the positioning service first and discard the data. Then, when the priority of the data service is high, the priority of the data service cannot be guaranteed.
另一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、或4。In another possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息包含于能力信息中。在该实现方式中,终端设备可以通过能力信息上报该第二信息。也就是第二信息可以属于终端设备的一种能力。从而便于接入网设备更好的调度终端设备的PDCCH。In another possible implementation manner, the second information is included in capability information. In this implementation manner, the terminal device may report the second information through capability information. That is, the second information may belong to a capability of the terminal device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network equipment to better schedule the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
接入网设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优先存储终端设备的数据,R为大于0的整数。The access network device sends the first instruction information to the terminal device, the first instruction information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is an integer greater than 0 .
在该实现方式中,接入网设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示 在终端设备的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优先存储终端设备的数据。从而实现接入网设备根据数据业务的重要性,对终端设备的行为进行约束,防止因为未提前感知数据业务而指示终端设备优先处理定位测量业务。In this implementation, the access network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device. In this way, the access network device restricts the behavior of the terminal device according to the importance of the data service, and prevents the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
另一种可能的实现方式中,若终端设备的数据业务的优先级高于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,则第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号或N个时隙内优先存储终端设备的数据;或者,In another possible implementation, if the priority of the data service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, the first indication information is used to indicate M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device Or preferentially store the data of the terminal equipment in N time slots; or,
若终端设备的数据业务的优先级低于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,则第一指示信息用于在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号或N个时隙内优先处理PRS。If the priority of the data service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, the first indication information is used to preferentially process the PRS within M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备可以结合数据业务的优先级和定位测量业务的优先级对终端设备的行为进行约束,防止因为未提前感知数据业务而指示终端设备优先处理定位测量业务。In this implementation, the access network device can restrict the behavior of the terminal device in combination with the priority of the data service and the priority of the positioning measurement service, so as to prevent the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, including:
接入网设备接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的能力信息。The access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device or the location management device.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的能力信息。从而实现接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the access network device receives capability information from the terminal device or the location management device. Therefore, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5毫秒;或者,the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
在该可能的实现方式中示出了期望接收时间差门限的几种可能的长度,具体的长度应当与终端设备的能力相关。Several possible lengths of the expected receiving time difference threshold are shown in this possible implementation manner, and the specific length should be related to the capability of the terminal device.
本申请第八方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
定位管理设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为终端设备接收来自服务小区的PRS的时间与终端设备接收来自非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差;The location management device receives capability information from the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is the maximum supported by the terminal device. The receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell;
定位管理设备向接入网设备发送能力信息。The location management device sends capability information to the access network device.
由上述技术方案可知,定位管理设备向接入网设备发送能力信息,从而便于接入网设备可以基于该能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。It can be seen from the above technical solution that the location management device sends capability information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, and realize that the access network device can reasonably and effectively process the data of the terminal device. Scheduling to improve data scheduling performance.
一种可能的实现方式中,接收时间差为第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差;In a possible implementation manner, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position;
第一起始时域位置为服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;第二起始时域位置为非服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;The first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell; the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一起始时域位置是根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;The first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
第二起始时域位置是根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或非服务小 区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中进一步示出了接收时间差的具体含义,通过第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差定义该接收时间差。有利于终端设备或接入网设备确定哪些非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置需要考虑数据调度限制。例如,非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,则该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不考虑数据调度限制。非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,则该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置需要考虑数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the specific meaning of the receiving time difference is further shown, and the receiving time difference is defined by the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position. The time-domain positions that are beneficial for the terminal device or the access network device to determine which PRSs of the non-serving cells are occupied need to consider data scheduling restrictions. For example, if the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell does not consider data scheduling restrictions. If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell needs to consider data scheduling restrictions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上;或者,In another possible implementation, the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location; or,
第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,The first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell At the moment corresponding to the first second duration of the corresponding time domain position, the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
第一起始时域位置位于第一时刻,第二起始时域位置位于第二时刻;The first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
若服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之前,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell The deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之后,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时刻;第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
上述提供了第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置的几种可能的定义方式,有利于终端设备或接入网设备确定服务小区的第一起始时域位置以及每个非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置。The above provides several possible ways of defining the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position, which is beneficial for the terminal device or access network device to determine the first initial time domain position of the serving cell and each non-serving cell The corresponding second starting time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
在该可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以通过调度限制信息具体指示某段时域位置上的数据调度限制,从而便于接入网设备结合该调度限制信息确定终端设备数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In this possible implementation, the terminal device can specifically indicate the data scheduling restriction at a certain time domain position through the scheduling restriction information, so that the access network device can determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device in combination with the scheduling restriction information, and realize the access network The equipment reasonably and effectively schedules the data of the terminal equipment to improve the performance of data scheduling.
另一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,In another possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction; or,
调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time difference is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty. domain position, the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position.
在该可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制的情况下,还用于指示数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。从而便于接入网设备参考这些信息确定具有数据调度限制的第一时域位置。有利于接入网设备合理有效的进行数据调度,保障终端设备的优先级较高的业务的正常进行,提升调度性能。In this possible implementation, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and is also used to indicate data scheduling restrictions, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling. performance. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to refer to the information to determine the first time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. It is conducive to the reasonable and effective data scheduling of the access network equipment, ensuring the normal operation of services with higher priority on the terminal equipment, and improving the scheduling performance.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息还包括期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。In another possible implementation, the capability information also includes the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell The information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置,有利于精准的确定具有数据调度限制的时域位置。从而便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this implementation, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the expected reception time difference threshold , which is beneficial to accurately determine the time domain position with data scheduling constraints. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected Determining a first time domain position with reference to the signal arrival time difference information and the first information, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
在该可能的实现方式中调度限制指示结合非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction indication combines the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the first information to determine the first time domain position. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中,由于接入网设备无法感知到非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,因此该时域位置上可能会出现服务小区的数据业务与该非服务小区的PRS之间的冲突。因此,定位管理设备可以向接入网设备指示该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。从而实现接入网设备更好的调度终端设备,保障终端设备的业务优先级。In this implementation, since the access network equipment cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a conflict between the data service of the serving cell and the PRS of the non-serving cell at this time domain position . Therefore, the location management device may indicate to the access network device the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. In this way, the access network equipment can better schedule the terminal equipment and ensure the service priority of the terminal equipment.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。对于接收时间差超过期望接收时间差门限的非服务小 区来说,终端设备并无法对该非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。因此,接入网设备需要考虑的是接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position corresponds to a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. For a non-serving cell whose receiving time difference exceeds the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. Therefore, what the access network device needs to consider is the data scheduling limitation at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限,期望接收时间差门限用于确定第二时域位置,在第二时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine a second time domain position, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions;
其中,第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长。Wherein, the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and The fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限可以用于确定该有数据调度限制的第二时域位置。从而便于接入网设备确定哪些时域位置上需要考虑数据调度限制。其次,由上述第二时域位置可知,对于接入网设备来说,其无法感知非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,且只能对接收时间差落在期望接收时间差门限范围内的非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。因此,接入网设备通过期望接收时间差门限可以确定有数据调度限制的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the expected receiving time difference threshold may be used to determine the second time domain position with data scheduling restrictions. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine which time domain positions need to consider data scheduling restrictions. Secondly, it can be known from the second time domain position above that for the access network device, it cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, and can only detect the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference falls within the expected receiving time difference threshold range. The PRS of the cell performs positioning measurement. Therefore, the access network device can determine the time domain position with data scheduling restriction by using the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该能力信息还包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。在该实现方式中,如果调度限制信息指示有数据调度限制,那么接入网设备结合其他信息(比如期望接收时间差门限)确定具有数据调度限制的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions. In this implementation, if the scheduling restriction information indicates that there is data scheduling restriction, then the access network device determines the time domain position with data scheduling restriction in combination with other information (such as the expected receiving time difference threshold).
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号,N1和N2为大于0的整数,N1个时域符号和N2个时域符号是终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell For the next N2 time domain symbols, N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0, and the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
在该可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号。提供了第一时域位置的一种可能的形式,由于接入网设备无法确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,因此在非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上可能存在终端设备的数据业务与该非服务小区的PRS出现冲突。便于接入网设备确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or after the end time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols of . A possible form of the first time domain position is provided. Since the access network device cannot determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, there may be a terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The data service conflicts with the PRS of the non-serving cell. It is convenient for the access network device to determine at which time domain positions of the terminal device there may be data scheduling restrictions, and it is beneficial for the access network device to reasonably perform data scheduling of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5毫秒;或者,the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
在该可能的实现方式中示出了期望接收时间差门限的几种可能的长度,具体的长度应当与终端设备的能力相关。Several possible lengths of the expected receiving time difference threshold are shown in this possible implementation manner, and the specific length should be related to the capability of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
定位管理设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device.
在该实现方式中,定位管理设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息,以便于接入网设备结合这些信息确定第一时域位置。In this implementation, the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell to the access network device, so that the access network device can combine these information A first time domain location is determined.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
定位管理设备向接入网设备发送第一信息;The location management device sends the first information to the access network device;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备的第一信息,从而便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the access network device receives the first information from the location management device, so that the access network device can determine the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
本申请第九方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication method, including:
终端设备或定位管理设备确定非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息;终端设备或定位管理设备向接入网设备发送该预期参考信号到达时间差信息和该不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The terminal device or the positioning management device determines the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; the terminal device or the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information to the access network device The time difference information and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty.
上述技术方案中,终端设备或定位管理设备向接入网设备发送该预期参考信号到达时间差信息和该不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息,便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,从而有利于接入网设备确定这些时域位置上的数据调度限制情况。实现接入网设备基于数据调度限制情况进行合理的调度数据。In the above technical solution, the terminal device or the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine the PRS occupied by the non-serving cell time domain locations, which is beneficial for the access network device to determine data scheduling restrictions at these time domain locations. Realize that the access network equipment can reasonably schedule data based on data scheduling restrictions.
一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method also includes:
终端设备或定位管理设备向接入网设备发送第一信息;The terminal device or the location management device sends the first information to the access network device;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
在该可能的实现方式中,终端设备或定位管理设备向接入网设备发送第一信息。以便于接入网设备结合第一信息确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,接入网设备可以确定终端设备在哪些时域位置上可能存在数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理的进行终端设备的数据调度。In this possible implementation manner, the terminal device or the location management device sends the first information to the access network device. In order to facilitate the access network device to determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell in combination with the first information, the access network device can determine at which time domain positions the terminal device may have data scheduling restrictions, which is beneficial to the access network device to reasonably Perform data scheduling for terminal equipment.
本申请第十方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The tenth aspect of this application provides a communication method, including:
接入网设备获取终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息;接入网设备根据预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,该第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置;接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device acquires the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the expected time difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; The expected reference signal arrival time difference information determines a first time domain position, where the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell; the access network device determines a data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
上述技术方案中,接入网设备根据预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,该第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的 时域位置;然后,接入网设备确定第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。从而实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the above technical solution, the access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information and the uncertain expected reference signal time difference of arrival information, and the first time domain position includes the time domain occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell location; then, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain location. In this way, the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment, and the data scheduling performance is improved.
一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备获取终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the access network device obtains the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell, including:
接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The access network device receives the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
在该实现方式提供了接入网设备获取非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非位服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息的具体实现方式。具体可以由定位管理设备提供或由终端设备提供,便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域置。In this implementation manner, a specific implementation manner is provided for the access network device to acquire the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell. Specifically, it may be provided by the location management device or provided by the terminal device, so that the access network device can determine the time domain location occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In another possible implementation, the method also includes:
接入网设备获取第一信息;其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样;The access network device acquires the first information; where the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, Frame offset, PRS transmission repetition times, time interval between repeated PRS transmissions of non-serving cells, PRS silence pattern;
接入网设备根据预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,包括:The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information and the uncertain expected reference signal time difference of arrival information, including:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information.
在该实现方式中,接入网设备可以获取第一信息,以精确的确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,从而实现结合非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置合理的调度终端设备的数据。In this implementation, the access network device can obtain the first information to accurately determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, so as to achieve reasonable scheduling of the terminal device in combination with the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell data.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接入网设备获取第一信息,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the access network device acquires the first information, including:
接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的第一信息。The access network device receives the first information from the location management device or the terminal device.
在该实现方式提供了接入网设备获取第一信息的具体实现方式。具体可以由定位管理设备提供或由终端设备提供,便于接入网设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域置。In this implementation manner, a specific implementation manner for the access network device to obtain the first information is provided. Specifically, it may be provided by the location management device or provided by the terminal device, so that the access network device can determine the time domain location occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
本申请第十一方面提供一种通信装置,包括:The eleventh aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
处理模块,用于确定能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示通信装置的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为通信装置支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;The processing module is used to determine the capability information, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the communication device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time supported by the communication device Time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell;
收发模块,用于发送能力信息。The transceiver module is used for sending capability information.
本申请第十二方面提供一种通信方法,包括:The twelfth aspect of this application provides a communication method, including:
处理模块,用于确定第一时域位置,确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。The processing module is configured to determine the first time domain position, and determine the positioning measurement behavior and data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
基于第十一方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块还用于:Based on the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module is further used for:
确定第一时域位置;determining a first time domain location;
确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。Determine the positioning measurement behavior and data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置的非服务小区包括 第一非服务小区;处理模块具体用于:Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the non-serving cell of the communication device includes a first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically used for:
根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一时域位置,参考小区为服务小区或通信装置的一个非服务小区。The first time domain position is determined according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the reference cell is a serving cell or a non-serving cell of the communication device.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;处理模块具体用于:Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the non-serving cell of the communication device includes a first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically configured to:
确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;determining that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;determining a second time domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell;
根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,第三时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第四时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长都等于第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;Determine a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position is located at the beginning of the second time domain position The time domain position is before and continuous to the start time domain position, the fourth time domain position is after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous to the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain The duration of the position is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell;
将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第一时域位置。The second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the first time domain position.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块还用于:Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module is further used for:
根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第五时域位置;determining a fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
根据第五时域位置和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;determining a sixth time domain position and a seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
处理模块具体用于:The processing module is used specifically for:
将第二时域位置、第三时域位置、第四时域位置、第五时域位置、第六时域位置和第七时域位置作为第一时域位置。The second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are used as the first time domain position.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertainty Expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set slot offset, positioning reference signal resource slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:第一非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;The positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
参考小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:参考小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。The positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the reference cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource The time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
若通信装置的定位测量业务的优先级高于通信装置的数据业务的优先级,则在第一时域位置上接收PRS,在第一时域位置上不接收来自接入网设备的数据;或者,If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the communication device is higher than the priority of the data service of the communication device, receiving the PRS at the first time domain position, and not receiving data from the access network device at the first time domain position; or ,
若通信装置的定位测量业务的优先级低于通信装置的数据业务的优先级,且通信装置 的PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS落在第一时域位置上,PDCCH的起始时域位置与PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则忽略或不处理PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS,在第一时域位置上执行PRS的测量,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数,PDCCH用于确定PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the communication device is lower than the priority of the data service of the communication device, and the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS of the communication device falls on the first time domain position, the starting time domain position of the PDCCH and the PDSCH Or the time interval between the starting time domain positions of AP-CSI-RS is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then ignore or not process PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS, and execute on the first time domain position For PRS measurement, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, N is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the PDCCH is used to determine the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区占用的时隙中距离第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the first time before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located. The time domain position corresponding to a time length, or the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, The time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located; The second time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell, and the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell; The length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the cell, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time domain, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located The time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the first radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, and the second radio frame is Among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell, the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located; the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell , the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一时隙为服务小区的PRS占用的时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区的PRS占用的时隙;Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a serving cell, and the second time slot is a time slot occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell;
第一时域符号为服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号;The first time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一无线帧为服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧。The first radio frame is a radio frame occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second radio frame is the radio frame occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP 的长度;或者,Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示在通信装置的PDCCH之后通信装置需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。Sending first information to the access network device, the first information is used to indicate that the communication device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the communication device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or equal to Integer of 0.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、或4。Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息包含于能力信息中。Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information is included in capability information.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块具体用于:Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically used for:
向定位管理设备或接入网设备发送能力信息。Send the capability information to the location management device or the access network device.
基于第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:Based on the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送非服务小区的定位辅助信息;Send the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device;
其中,非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
本申请第十三方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置包括:The thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device includes:
收发模块,用于获取终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;The transceiver module is used to obtain the capability information of the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device The maximum receiving time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell;
处理模块,用于基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。A processing module, configured to determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
本申请第十四方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置包括:The fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, and the communication device includes:
处理模块,用于确定第八时域位置;确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。A processing module, configured to determine the eighth time domain position; determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限;处理模块具体用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold; the processing module is specifically used for:
基于期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置;determining an eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold;
确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。A data scheduling constraint of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position is determined.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;处理模块具体用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes a first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically configured to:
根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置。The eighth time domain position is determined according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;determining that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;determining a second time domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell;
根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,第三时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第四时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长等于第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;Determine a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position is located at the beginning of the second time domain position The time domain position is before and continuous to the start time domain position, the fourth time domain position is after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous to the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain The duration of the position is equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell;
将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第八时域位置。The second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块还用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module is also used for:
根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第五时域位置;determining a fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
根据第五时域位置和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;determining a sixth time domain position and a seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
处理模块具体用于:The processing module is used specifically for:
将第二时域位置、第三时域位置、第四时域位置、第五时域位置、第六时域位置和第七时域位置作为第八时域位置。The second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,服务小区与第一非服务小区同步;处理模块具体用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the serving cell is synchronized with the first non-serving cell; the processing module is specifically used for:
根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第二时域位置;determining a second time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
根据第二时域位置和期望接收时间差门限确定第九时域位置和第十时域位置,第九时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第十时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续;第九时域位置的时长和第十时域位置的时长都等于期望接收时间差门限;Determine the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold, the ninth time domain position is located before the initial time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the initial time domain position , the tenth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the end time domain position; the duration of the ninth time domain position and the duration of the tenth time domain position are both equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
将第二时域位置、第九时域位置和第十时域位置作为第八时域位置。The second time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第八时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, then determining that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the eighth time domain position; or,
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第八时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, it is determined that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区占用的时隙中距离第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, and the first time length corresponding to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located. The time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the second time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position of the first time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located; the first time slot is occupied by the serving cell The second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information of the expected reference signal, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time domain, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located The time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the first radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, and the second radio frame is Among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell, the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located; the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell , the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
在该可能的实现方式中示出了期望接收时间差门限的几种可能的长度,具体的长度应当与终端设备的能力相关。Several possible lengths of the expected receiving time difference threshold are shown in this possible implementation manner, and the specific length should be related to the capability of the terminal device.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自终端设备的第一信息,第一信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。receiving first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or equal to 0 an integer of .
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、或4。Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息包含于能力信息中。Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information is included in capability information.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的能力信息。Capability information is received from a terminal device or a location management device.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的非服务小区的定位辅助信息;receiving the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device or the positioning management device;
其中,非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符 号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块还用于:Based on the thirteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module is also used for:
相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,第三起始时域位置为通信装置向终端设备发送PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置,第三起始时域位置落在第八时域位置上,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。Scheduling the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third start time domain position, the third start time domain position is the start time domain position where the communication device sends the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS to the terminal equipment , the third initial time domain position falls on the eighth time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
本申请第十五方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置:The fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device:
收发模块,用于接收来自终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;向接入网设备发送能力信息。The transceiver module is used to receive capability information from the terminal device, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is supported by the terminal device The maximum receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; sending capability information to the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区占用的时隙中距离第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, or the first time domain position corresponding to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the first second time length of the first time slot, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located; the first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell The second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the information, and the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The time domain position corresponding to the second time domain, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell Time domain symbol, the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell; the first time length is the uncertainty of the serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time where the first radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the last first time length of the domain position, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time domain position corresponding to the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located The time domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the first radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, and the second radio frame is Among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell, the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located; the first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell , the second time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送非服务小区的定位辅助信息;Send the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device;
其中,非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, Positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
本申请第十六方面提供一种通信装置,包括:A sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
处理模块,用于确定能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示通信装置的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为通信装置支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为通信装置接收来自服务小区的PRS的时间与通信装置接收来自非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差;The processing module is used to determine the capability information, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the communication device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time supported by the communication device Time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the communication device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the communication device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell;
收发模块,用于发送能力信息。The transceiver module is used for sending capability information.
一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示通信装置在第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。In a possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the communication device at the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is also used for:
根据通信装置的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。The first time domain position is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell of the communication device and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the expected reference signal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。The first time-domain position is determined according to expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and expected reception time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、第一信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置;Determine the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the first information, and the expected reception time difference threshold;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is also used for:
根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell uncertainty A first time domain location is determined.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考 信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell uncertainty And the expected receiving time difference threshold determines the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、期望接收时间差门限以及第一信息确定第一时域位置;According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell uncertainty , the expected receiving time difference threshold and the first information determine the first time domain position;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,若调度限制信息用于指示通信装置有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上通信装置有数据调度限制。In another possible implementation, if the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has data scheduling restrictions, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell. The expected reference signal arrival time difference information determines a first time domain position, and the communication device has data scheduling restrictions on the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置;In another possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first timing is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, and the first information. domain location;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号,N1和N2为大于0的整数,N1个时域符号和N2个时域符号是通信装置的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell For the next N2 time domain symbols, N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0, and the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the communication device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限,期望接收时间差门限用于确定第二时域位置,在第二时域位置上通信装置有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine a second time domain position, where the communication device has data scheduling restrictions;
其中,第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长。Wherein, the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and The fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该能力信息还包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示通信装置有数据调度限制。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has a data scheduling restriction.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接收时间差为第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差;In another possible implementation manner, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position;
第一起始时域位置为服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;第二起始时域 位置为非服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;The first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell; the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一起始时域位置是根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;The first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
第二起始时域位置是根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上;或者,In another possible implementation, the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location; or,
第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,The first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell At the moment corresponding to the first second duration of the corresponding time domain position, the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
第一起始时域位置位于第一时刻,第二起始时域位置位于第二时刻;The first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
若服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之前,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell The deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之后,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时刻;第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据通信装置的并发能力确定调度限制信息,该并发能力包括通信装置是否支持在没有MG的情况下通信装置的数据业务和定位测量业务的并发。The scheduling restriction information is determined according to the concurrency capability of the communication device, where the concurrency capability includes whether the communication device supports concurrency of data services and positioning measurement services of the communication device without an MG.
另一种可能的实现方式中,若通信装置支持在没有MG的情况下通信装置的数据业务和定位测量业务并发,则调度限制信息用于指示通信装置没有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation manner, if the communication device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services of the communication device without an MG, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has no data scheduling restrictions;
若通信装置不支持在没有MG的情况下通信装置的数据业务和定位测量业务并发,则调度限制信息用于指示通信装置有数据调度限制。If the communication device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services of the communication device without an MG, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the communication device has data scheduling restrictions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5毫秒;或者,the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自接入网设备的PDCCH;receiving a PDCCH from an access network device;
解析PDCCH,并确定接入网设备向通信装置发送的PDSCH的起始时域位置;Analyzing the PDCCH, and determining the initial time domain position of the PDSCH sent by the access network equipment to the communication device;
若PDSCH的起始时域位置落在第一时域位置上,且PDCCH占用的起始时域位置与PDSCH的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则忽略或不处理该PDSCH,该M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。If the start time domain position of PDSCH falls on the first time domain position, and the time interval between the start time domain position occupied by PDCCH and the start time domain position of PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots , the PDSCH is ignored or not processed, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自接入网设备的PDCCH;receiving a PDCCH from an access network device;
解析PDCCH,并确定接入网设备向通信装置发送的PDSCH的起始时域位置;Analyzing the PDCCH, and determining the initial time domain position of the PDSCH sent by the access network equipment to the communication device;
若PDSCH的起始时域位置落在第二时域位置上,且PDCCH占用的起始时域位置与PDSCH的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则忽略或不处理该PDSCH,该M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。If the start time domain position of PDSCH falls on the second time domain position, and the time interval between the start time domain position occupied by PDCCH and the start time domain position of PDSCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots , the PDSCH is ignored or not processed, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示在通信装置的PDCCH之后通信装置需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。Sending second information to the access network device, where the second information is used to indicate that the communication device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the communication device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or equal to Integer of 0.
另一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、或4。In another possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息包含于能力信息中。In another possible implementation manner, the second information is included in capability information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示在通信装置的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优先存储通信装置的数据,R为大于0的整数。Receive first instruction information from the access network equipment, the first instruction information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the communication device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the communication device, and R is an integer greater than 0.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically used for:
向定位管理设备或接入网设备发送能力信息。Send the capability information to the location management device or the access network device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell are sent to the access network device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
通信装置向接入网设备发送第一信息;The communication device sends the first information to the access network device;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
本申请第十七方面提供一种通信装置,包括:The seventeenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
收发模块,用于获取终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为终端设备接收来自终端设备的服务小区的PRS的时间与终端设备接收来自终端设备的非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差;The transceiver module is used to obtain the capability information of the terminal device. The capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is supported by the terminal device The maximum receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell of the terminal device and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell of the terminal device;
处理模块,用于基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。A processing module, configured to determine the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,接收时间差为第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差;In another possible implementation manner, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position;
第一起始时域位置为服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;第二起始时域位置为非服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;The first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell; the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一起始时域位置是根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;The first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
第二起始时域位置是根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上;或者,In another possible implementation, the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location; or,
第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,The first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell At the moment corresponding to the first second duration of the corresponding time domain position, the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
第一起始时域位置位于第一时刻,第二起始时域位置位于第二时刻;The first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
若服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之前,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell The deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之后,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时刻;第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction, and the processing module is specifically used for:
若调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上没有数据调度限制,则确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有调度限制。If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position, it is determined that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the processing module is specifically used for:
若调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第一时域位置上终端 设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, determine that at the first time domain position The upper terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or,
若调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, then determine that at the first time domain position There are no data scheduling restrictions on end devices.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息和期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制;处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position; the processing module is specifically used for:
若第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据有调度限制;或者,If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, determine There is a scheduling constraint on the data of the terminal device at the first time domain location; or,
若第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, determine The terminal device has no data scheduling constraints at the first time domain location; or,
若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第一目标时域位置上终端设备的数据有调度限制,第一目标时域位置包括第一时域位置中第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号,第一小区为对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区;或者,If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data service of the terminal device level, it is determined that the data of the terminal device at the first target time domain position has scheduling restrictions, the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first cell is the corresponding A non-serving cell whose time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected reception time difference threshold; or,
若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则确定在第一目标时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制,第一目标时域位置包括第一时域位置中第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号,第一小区为对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区。If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data service of the terminal device level, it is determined that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the first target time domain position, the first target time domain position includes the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell in the first time domain position, and the first cell is the corresponding A non-serving cell whose time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限;处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold; the processing module is specifically used for:
根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置;Determine the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, and the expected reception time difference threshold;
确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。A data scheduling constraint for a terminal device at a first time domain location is determined.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息还包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information also includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information based on the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell A first time domain location is determined.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the serving cell uncertainty The information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息;调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the non-serving cell. The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the cell determines the first time domain position, and the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
处理模块具体用于:The processing module is used specifically for:
根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置;Determine the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty;
确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。A data scheduling constraint for a terminal device at a first time domain location is determined.
另一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及第一信息确定第一时域位置;determining a first time-domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, and the first information;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
另一种实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:In another implementation manner, the processing module is specifically used for:
根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell uncertainty A first time domain location is determined.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell are received from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的第一信息。Receive first information from a location management device or a terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括:位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes: N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain located in the PRS occupation of the serving cell N2 time-domain symbols after the symbol.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
另一种实现方式中,第一时域位置包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息和期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限;处理模块具体用于:In another possible implementation, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected reception time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the capability information includes the expected reception time difference threshold; the processing module is specifically used for:
根据期望接收时间差门限确定第二时域位置,第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长;Determine the second time domain position according to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the second time domain position includes the third time domain position before and continuous to the initial time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the third time domain position located in the serving cell The fourth time domain position after the end time domain position occupied by the PRS and continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold;
确定在第二时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。A data scheduling constraint for the terminal device at the second time domain location is determined.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,第三起始时域位置为通信装置向终端设备发送PDSCH的起始时域位置,第三起始时域位置落在第一时域位 置上,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。Scheduling the PDCCH M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third start time domain position, the third start time domain position is the start time domain position at which the communication device sends the PDSCH to the terminal equipment, and the third start time domain position The domain position falls on the first time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
相对于第四起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度PDCCH,第四起始时域位置为通信装置向终端设备发送PDSCH的起始时域位置,所第四起始时域位置落在第二时域位置上,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The PDCCH is scheduled M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the fourth start time domain position, and the fourth start time domain position is the start time domain position at which the communication device sends the PDSCH to the terminal equipment, so the fourth start time domain position The time domain position falls on the second time domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
接收来自终端设备的第二信息,第二信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。receiving second information from the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is greater than or equal to 0 an integer of .
另一种可能的实现方式中,M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值为1、2、3、或4。In another possible implementation manner, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二信息包含于能力信息中。In another possible implementation manner, the second information is included in capability information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优先存储终端设备的数据,R为大于0的整数。Sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is an integer greater than 0.
另一种可能的实现方式中,若终端设备的数据业务的优先级高于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,则第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号或N个时隙内优先存储终端设备的数据;或者,In another possible implementation, if the priority of the data service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, the first indication information is used to indicate M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device Or preferentially store the data of the terminal equipment in N time slots; or,
若终端设备的数据业务的优先级低于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,则第一指示信息用于在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号或N个时隙内优先处理PRS。If the priority of the data service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, the first indication information is used to preferentially process the PRS within M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically used for:
接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的能力信息。Capability information is received from a terminal device or a location management device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5毫秒;或者,the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
本申请第十八方面提供一种通信装置,包括:The eighteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
收发模块,用于接收来自终端设备的能力信息,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,期望接收时间差为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,接收时间差为终端设备接收来自服务小区的PRS的时间与终端设备接收来自非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差;向接入网设备发送能力信息。The transceiver module is used to receive capability information from the terminal device, the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference is supported by the terminal device The maximum receiving time difference, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell; send capability information to the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式中,接收时间差为第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差;In a possible implementation manner, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position;
第一起始时域位置为服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;第二起始时域位置为非服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置;The first initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell; the second initial time domain position is the initial time domain position of the initial subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell;
第一起始时域位置是根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;The first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
第二起始时域位置是根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上;或者,In another possible implementation, the first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell at the corresponding time domain location; or,
第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,The first initial time domain position is located at the moment corresponding to the first duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell At the moment corresponding to the first second duration of the corresponding time domain position, the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second duration is determined according to the expected uncertainty of the non-serving cell. determined by reference to signal time difference of arrival information; or,
第一起始时域位置位于第一时刻,第二起始时域位置位于第二时刻;The first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment;
若服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之前,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;或者,If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time domain corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the last first time length of the location, the second time is the time corresponding to the first second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell, and the first time length is based on the difference of the serving cell The deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the non-serving cell's uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information; or,
若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之后,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时刻;第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的,第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first time length before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second time length of the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the non-serving cell; the first time length is based on the serving cell The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined, and the second duration is determined according to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,In another possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction; or,
调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time difference is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty. domain position, the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息还包括期望接收时间差门限,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。In another possible implementation, the capability information also includes the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty of the non-serving cell The information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
另一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置,在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected Determining a first time domain position with reference to the signal arrival time difference information and the first information, where the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏 移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,能力信息包括调度限制信息和期望接收时间差门限;调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,期望接收时间差门限用于确定第二时域位置,在第二时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;In another possible implementation manner, the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected receiving time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine the second time domain position. Terminal devices in the time domain have data scheduling restrictions;
其中,第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长。Wherein, the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and The fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该能力信息还包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。In another possible implementation manner, the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域符号之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域符号之后的N2个时域符号,N1和N2为大于0的整数,N1个时域符号和N2个时域符号是终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and/or, the end time domain symbol located at the end of the PRS occupation of the serving cell For the next N2 time domain symbols, N1 and N2 are integers greater than 0, and the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,In another possible implementation, the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5毫秒;或者,the expected receive time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 milliseconds; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell are sent to the access network device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送第一信息;sending the first information to the access network device;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: PRS transmission period of non-serving cell, offset of resource set, number of continuous time domain symbols of PRS, symbol offset, time slot offset, frame offset, transmission of PRS The number of repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs.
本申请第十九方面提供一种通信装置,包括:A nineteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
处理模块,用于确定非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息;The processing module is used to determine the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell;
收发模块,用于向接入网设备发送该预期参考信号到达时间差信息和该不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The transceiver module is configured to send the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information to the access network device.
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
向接入网设备发送第一信息;sending the first information to the access network device;
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的 持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, and the number of repetitions of the PRS transmission , the time interval between repeatedly sending the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS.
本申请第二十方面提供一种通信装置,包括:A twentieth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
收发模块,用于获取终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息;The transceiver module is used to obtain the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell of the terminal device and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell;
处理模块,用于根据预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,该第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置;确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。A processing module, configured to determine a first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the first time domain position including the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell; A data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain location.
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically used for:
接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell are received from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically used for:
获取第一信息;其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的发送周期、资源集的偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、PRS的静默图样;Acquiring first information; wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission period of the non-serving cell, the offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, The number of PRS transmission repetitions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of PRSs of non-serving cells, and the silent pattern of PRSs;
处理模块具体用于:The processing module is used specifically for:
根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。The first time domain position is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块具体用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is specifically used for:
接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的第一信息。Receive first information from a location management device or a terminal device.
本申请第二十一方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置包括处理器。该处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得处理器实现如第一方面至第十方面中任一方面中的任意一种实现方式。A twenty-first aspect of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes a processor. The processor is used for invoking and running the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processor realizes any one of the implementation manners of any one of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
可选的,该通信装置还包括收发器;该处理器还用于控制该收发器收发信号。Optionally, the communication device further includes a transceiver; the processor is also configured to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
可选的,该通信装置包括存储器,该存储器中存储有计算机程序。Optionally, the communication device includes a memory, and a computer program is stored in the memory.
本申请第二十二方面提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第一方面至第十方面中任一种的实现方式。A twenty-second aspect of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which is characterized in that, when it is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
本申请第二十三方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面至第十方面中的任一种实现方式。A twenty-third aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the tenth aspect.
本申请第二十四方面提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于与存储器相连,调用该存储器中存储的程序,以使得该处理器执行上述第一方面至第十方面中的任一种实现方式。A twenty-fourth aspect of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor, configured to be connected to a memory, and call a program stored in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the above first to tenth aspects Method to realize.
本申请第二十五方面提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括如第十一方面的通信装置和第十三方面的通信装置;可选的,该通信系统还包括如第十五方面的通信装置;或者,A twenty-fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system includes the communication device according to the eleventh aspect and the communication device according to the thirteenth aspect; optionally, the communication system further includes the communication device according to the fifteenth aspect device; or,
该通信系统包括如第十二方面的通信装置和第十四方面的通信装置;或者,The communication system includes the communication device of the twelfth aspect and the communication device of the fourteenth aspect; or,
该通信系统包括如第十六方面的通信装置和如第十七方面的通信装置;可选的,该通信系统还包括如第十八方面的通信装置;或者,The communication system includes the communication device according to the sixteenth aspect and the communication device according to the seventeenth aspect; optionally, the communication system further includes the communication device according to the eighteenth aspect; or,
该通信系统包括如第十九方面的通信装置和如第二十方面的通信装置。The communication system includes the communication device of the nineteenth aspect and the communication device of the twentieth aspect.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本申请实施例具有以下优点:It can be seen from the above technical solutions that the embodiments of the present application have the following advantages:
经由上述技术方案可知,终端设备确定能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,该接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;然后,终端设备发送该能力信息。由此可知,终端设备可以发送能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差。从而便于接入网设备可以基于该能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。It can be seen from the above technical solution that the terminal device determines capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; then, the terminal device sends the capability information. It can be seen that the terminal device can send capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the terminal The maximum receive time difference supported by the device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例通信系统的一个示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the communication system of the embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置的一个示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a time-domain position corresponding to expected reference signal arrival time difference information of a cell according to an embodiment of the present application and a time-domain position corresponding to uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information;
图3为本申请实施例通信方法的一个实施例示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of the present application;
图4A为本申请实施例第一时隙与第二时域的一个示意图;FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of the first time slot and the second time domain of the embodiment of the present application;
图4B为本申请实施例第一时隙与第二时隙的另一个示意图;FIG. 4B is another schematic diagram of the first time slot and the second time slot according to the embodiment of the present application;
图4C为本申请实施例第一时域符号与第二时域符号的一个示意图;FIG. 4C is a schematic diagram of a first time-domain symbol and a second time-domain symbol according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4D为本申请实施例第一时域符号与第二时域符号的另一个示意图;FIG. 4D is another schematic diagram of the first time domain symbol and the second time domain symbol according to the embodiment of the present application;
图4E为本申请实施例第一无线帧与第二无线帧的一个示意图;FIG. 4E is a schematic diagram of a first wireless frame and a second wireless frame according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4F为本申请实施例第一无线帧与第二无线帧的另一个示意图;FIG. 4F is another schematic diagram of the first wireless frame and the second wireless frame according to the embodiment of the present application;
图5A为本申请实施例第八时域位置的一个示意图;FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of an eighth time domain position according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5B为本申请实施例第八时域位置的另一个示意图;FIG. 5B is another schematic diagram of the eighth time domain position according to the embodiment of the present application;
图5C为本申请实施例第八时域位置的另一个示意图;FIG. 5C is another schematic diagram of the eighth time domain position according to the embodiment of the present application;
图5D为本申请实施例第八时域位置的另一个示意图;FIG. 5D is another schematic diagram of the eighth time domain position according to the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例接入网设备调度终端设备的PDCCH的一个示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an access network device scheduling a PDCCH of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例通信方法的另一个实施例示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例通信方法的另一个实施例示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application;
图9A为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的一个示意图;FIG. 9A is a schematic diagram of a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a serving cell and a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9B为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;9B is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图9C为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;9C is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图9D为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;9D is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图9E为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;9E is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图10A为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;FIG. 10A is another schematic diagram of a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a serving cell and a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10B为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;10B is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图11A为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;11A is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图11B为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;11B is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图11C为本申请实施例服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的另一个示意图;11C is another schematic diagram of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例通信方法的另一个实施例示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例通信装置的另一个结构示意图;FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例通信装置的另一个结构示意图;FIG. 15 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例终端设备的一个结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例通信装置的另一个结构示意图;FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例通信装置的另一个结构示意图。FIG. 18 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法以及通信装置,用于接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度,从而实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which are used for the access network equipment to determine the data scheduling of the terminal equipment based on the capability information, so as to realize the reasonable and effective data scheduling of the terminal equipment by the access network equipment and improve the data scheduling performance .
图1为本申请实施例通信系统的一个示意图。请参阅图1,通信系统包括终端设备101、下一代节点B(next Generation Node B,gNB)102、下一代演进型节点B(next generation evolved Node B,ng-eNB)103、接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)104和定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)105。LMF105是NR核心网中为终端设备提供定位功能的网元、模块或组件。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. Please refer to FIG. 1, the communication system includes terminal equipment 101, next generation Node B (next Generation Node B, gNB) 102, next generation evolved Node B (next generation evolved Node B, ng-eNB) 103, access and mobility Management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) 104 and location management function (location management function, LMF) 105. The LMF105 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions for terminal equipment in the NR core network.
可选的,通信系统还包括增强的服务移动定位中心(evolved serving mobile location center,E-SMLC)106和安全用户面定位平台(secure user plane location locaiton platform,SLP)107。E-SMLC106是4G核心网中提供定位功能的网元、模块或组件。SLP107是4G核心网中用于处理用户面安全定位协议的网元、模块或组件。Optionally, the communication system further includes an enhanced serving mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC) 106 and a secure user plane location location platform (secure user plane location locaiton platform, SLP) 107. E-SMLC106 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions in the 4G core network. SLP107 is a network element, module or component used to process the user plane security positioning protocol in the 4G core network.
其中,终端设备101通过Uu接口与接入网设备(如图1中的gNB102或ng-eNB103)进行通信。ng-eNB103为长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)通信系统中的接入网设备,gNB102为新空口(new radio,NR)通信系统中的接入网设备。该通信系统中,接入网设备之间通过Xn接口进行通信,接入网设备与AMF104之间通过NG-C接口进行通信。 AMF104与LMF105之间通过NL1接口进行通信,AMF104相当于接入网设备与LMF105之间进行通信的路由器。LMF105用于对终端设备的位置进行定位计算。Wherein, the terminal device 101 communicates with an access network device (such as gNB102 or ng-eNB103 in FIG. 1 ) through a Uu interface. ng-eNB103 is an access network device in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system, and gNB102 is an access network device in a new radio (NR) communication system. In the communication system, the access network devices communicate through the Xn interface, and the access network devices communicate with the AMF 104 through the NG-C interface. The AMF104 and the LMF105 communicate through the NL1 interface, and the AMF104 is equivalent to a router for communicating between the access network equipment and the LMF105. The LMF105 is used to calculate the location of the terminal equipment.
上述图1仅仅示出了通信系统包括gNB和ng-eNB的两个接入网设备的示例。而在实际应用中,该通信系统可以包括至少一个接入网设备,具体本申请不做限定。The above FIG. 1 only shows an example in which the communication system includes two access network devices, gNB and ng-eNB. However, in practical applications, the communication system may include at least one access network device, which is not limited in this application.
本申请中,上述图1所示的通信系统中,LMF为目前通信系统中的名称,在未来通信系统中,该LMF的名称可能随着通信系统的演进而改变。因此,在后文中将LMF称为定位管理设备介绍本申请实施例,该定位管理设备用于对终端设备的位置进行定位计算。在目前通信系统或未来通信系统中,只要具备与该定位管理设备类似功能的其他名称的功能网元,都可以理解本申请实施例中的定位设备,并且适用于本申请实施例提供的通信方法。In this application, in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 above, LMF is the name in the current communication system. In the future communication system, the name of the LMF may change with the evolution of the communication system. Therefore, in the following, the LMF is referred to as a location management device to introduce the embodiment of the present application, and the location management device is used to perform location calculation on the location of the terminal device. In the current communication system or the future communication system, as long as there are functional network elements with other names that have similar functions to the positioning management device, they can understand the positioning device in the embodiment of the present application, and are applicable to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application .
下面对本申请涉及的接入网设备和终端设备进行说明。The access network equipment and terminal equipment involved in this application will be described below.
接入网设备是一种部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。接入网设备为基站,而基站为各种形式的宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、中继站、接入点(access point,AP)、可穿戴设备、车载设备等。基站还可以为传输接收节点(Transmission and Reception Point,TRP)、传输测量功能(Transmission measurement function,TMF)等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是新空口(new radio,NR)中的基站。其中,5G NR中的基站还可以称为发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)或传输点(transmission point,TP)或下一代节点B(next generation Node B,ngNB),或长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型节点B(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB)。Access network equipment is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for terminal equipment. The access network equipment is a base station, and the base station is various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points (access point, AP), wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, etc. The base station may also be a transmission receiving point (Transmission and Reception Point, TRP), a transmission measurement function (Transmission measurement function, TMF), etc. Exemplarily, the base station involved in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station in a new radio interface (new radio, NR). Among them, the base station in 5G NR can also be called transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP) or transmission point (transmission point, TP) or next generation Node B (next generation Node B, ngNB), or long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) in the evolution of Node B (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB).
终端设备可以是能够接收接入网设备调度和指示信息的无线终端设备。无线终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。The terminal device may be a wireless terminal device capable of receiving access network device scheduling and indication information. A wireless terminal device may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, or a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
终端设备,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是包括无线通信功能(向用户提供语音/数据连通性)的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或车载设备等。目前,一些终端设备的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车联网中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。例如,车联网中的无线终端可以为车载设备、整车设备、车载模块、车辆等。工业控制中的无线终端可以为摄像头、机器人等。智慧家庭中的无线终端可以为电视、空调、扫地机、音箱、机顶盒等。Terminal equipment, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc., includes wireless communication functions (providing voice/data connectivity to users) devices, such as handheld devices with wireless connectivity, or vehicle-mounted devices. At present, examples of some terminal devices are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, enhanced Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in Internet of Vehicles, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery , a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc. For example, the wireless terminal in the Internet of Vehicles may be a vehicle-mounted device, a complete vehicle device, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle, and the like. Wireless terminals in industrial control can be cameras, robots, etc. Wireless terminals in a smart home can be TVs, air conditioners, sweepers, speakers, set-top boxes, etc.
下面对本申请涉及的一些技术术语进行介绍。Some technical terms involved in this application are introduced below.
1、服务小区:终端设备当前驻留的小区。1. Serving cell: the cell where the terminal device currently resides.
2、非服务小区:指全球小区标识(cell global identifier,CGI)与终端设备的服 务小区的CGI不同的小区。2. Non-serving cell: refers to a cell whose global cell identifier (CGI) is different from the CGI of the serving cell of the terminal device.
3、参考小区:为服务小区或终端设备的一个非服务小区,以参考小区占用的时域位置为参考时域位置,将服务小区的PRS或非服务小区的PRS映射到参考小区的对应时域位置上,从而确定非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射到的时域位置。3. Reference cell: It is a serving cell or a non-serving cell of the terminal device. Taking the time domain position occupied by the reference cell as the reference time domain position, the PRS of the serving cell or the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the corresponding time domain of the reference cell position, so as to determine the time domain position to which the PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell.
4、测量窗口(measurement gap,MG):接入网设备可以为终端设备配置MG。终端设备处于连接态时,终端设备可以在MG中进行同频或异频的下行定位测量任务。在MG内,终端设备暂停服务小区的业务传输,将终端设备的接收机调向目标小区频点,进行下行定位测量任务。在MG的时间结束时,终端设备再将接收机转到服务小区,继续进行数据业务。4. Measurement gap (MG): The access network device can configure MG for the terminal device. When the terminal device is in the connected state, the terminal device can perform the same-frequency or different-frequency downlink positioning measurement task in the MG. In the MG, the terminal equipment suspends the service transmission of the serving cell, and adjusts the receiver of the terminal equipment to the frequency point of the target cell to perform downlink positioning and measurement tasks. At the end of the MG time, the terminal equipment transfers the receiver to the serving cell to continue the data service.
5、定位处理窗口(PRS processing window,PPW):指用于终端设备进行定位测量任务的时间窗。5. Positioning processing window (PRS processing window, PPW): refers to the time window used for terminal equipment to perform positioning measurement tasks.
6、预期参考信号到达时间差信息(expected RSTD):用于确定一个小区的PRS所在的起始时域位置的搜索窗的中心点所对应的时域位置。搜索窗是指该PRS所在的起始时域位置可能落在的时间范围。例如,如图2所示,对于非服务小区1来说,该预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的起始时域位置为该非服务小区1的搜索窗的中心点所对应的时域位置,即该非服务小区的第一个半搜索窗的起始时域位置或该非服务小区的第二个半搜索窗的结束时域位置。6. Expected reference signal arrival time difference information (expected RSTD): the time domain position corresponding to the center point of the search window used to determine the initial time domain position where the PRS of a cell is located. The search window refers to the time range where the initial time domain position of the PRS may fall. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, for the non-serving cell 1, the initial time-domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information is the time-domain position corresponding to the center point of the search window of the non-serving cell 1, that is The start time domain position of the first half search window of the non-serving cell or the end time domain position of the second half search window of the non-serving cell.
7、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息(expected RSTD uncertainty):用于确定小区的PRS所在的半搜索窗的长度。小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和该小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定该小区的两个半搜索窗所在的时域位置。7. Uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information (expected RSTD uncertainty): used to determine the length of the half search window where the PRS of the cell is located. The uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the cell and the expected time difference of arrival information of the cell determine the time domain positions where the two half search windows of the cell are located.
8、系统帧号偏移(system frame number offet,SFN-offet):包括sfn-Offet和整数子帧偏移(integerSubframeOffset)。8. System frame number offset (SFN-offset): including sfn-Offset and integer subframe offset (integerSubframeOffset).
sfn-Offet指参考小区与非服务小区之间的传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)天线位置的SFN偏移,该SFN偏移对应从参考小区的无线帧#0的开始到该非服务小区最近的无线帧#0的完整无线帧(一个无线帧是10ms(毫秒))的数量。sfn-Offset refers to the SFN offset of the transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP) antenna position between the reference cell and the non-serving cell. The SFN offset corresponds to the non-serving cell from the beginning of the radio frame #0 of the reference cell The number of complete radio frames (one radio frame is 10ms (milliseconds)) of the latest radio frame #0.
整数子帧偏移指参考小区域非服务小区之间的TRP天线位置的子帧边界偏移,以完整子帧计数,该偏移从参考小区的子帧#0的开始计数到该非服务小区最近的子帧#0的开始,向下舍入为子帧的倍数。The integer subframe offset refers to the subframe boundary offset of the TRP antenna position between the reference small area non-serving cells, counted in complete subframes, which is counted from the beginning of subframe #0 of the reference cell to the non-serving cell Start of nearest subframe #0, rounded down to multiple of subframes.
9、定位参考信号资源集时隙偏移(dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset):指小区的PRS资源集中第一个下行时隙相对于无线帧SFN#0所在的时隙的时隙偏移。9. Positioning reference signal resource set slot offset (dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset): refers to the slot offset of the first downlink slot in the cell's PRS resource set relative to the slot where the radio frame SFN#0 is located.
10、定位参考信号符号偏移(dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset):指小区的PRS在定位参考信号资源集时隙偏移确定的时隙内的起始时域符号。10. Positioning reference signal symbol offset (dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset): refers to the initial time domain symbol of the cell's PRS in the time slot determined by the time slot offset of the positioning reference signal resource set.
目前,在NR-Rel-16协议中,终端设备在MG中进行下行定位测量任务。而MG的参数(例如,MG周期、MG持续时间等)是接入网设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息配置给终端设备。目前,终端设备需要测量来自服务小区的PRS和非服务小区的PRS,以满足NR-Rel-16协议中支持的多种下行定位方式。例如,DL-TDOA,DL-AOD。终端设备可以通过定位管理设备配置的定位辅助数据中的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的参考信号到达时间差信息确定该服务小区的PRS占用的时域资源与非 服务小区的PRS占用的时域资源之间的相对位置。但是,如果某些PRS资源没有在MG内,UE需要请求基站配置MG。目前MG请求是UE通过RRC信令发起的,再由基站给UE配置相应的MG。因此MG的配置过程需要耗费较多时间。Currently, in the NR-Rel-16 protocol, the terminal device performs the downlink positioning measurement task in the MG. MG parameters (for example, MG period, MG duration, etc.) are configured by the access network device to the terminal device through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message. At present, the terminal device needs to measure the PRS from the serving cell and the PRS from the non-serving cell, so as to satisfy multiple downlink positioning methods supported in the NR-Rel-16 protocol. For example, DL-TDOA, DL-AOD. The terminal device can determine the time domain resource occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain resource occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell through the expected time difference of arrival time difference information and the uncertain time difference information of the reference signal arrival in the positioning assistance data configured by the positioning management device. The relative position between domain resources. However, if some PRS resources are not in the MG, the UE needs to request the base station to configure the MG. Currently, the MG request is initiated by the UE through RRC signaling, and then the base station configures the corresponding MG for the UE. Therefore, the configuration process of the MG takes a lot of time.
在NR-Rel-17协议中引入无MG定位测量,以提高定位测量的效率。目前,接入网1#107(RAN 1#107,R1#107)规定,为了无MG条件下完成非服务小区的PRS测量,需要满足一定的同步条件。具体通过约束期望接收时间差(the expected Rx timing difference)约束服务小区与非服务小区之间的同步关系。其中,期望接收时间差指终端设备接收服务小区的PRS的时间与终端设备接收来自非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差。Introduce MG-free localization measurement in NR-Rel-17 protocol to improve the efficiency of localization measurement. At present, the access network 1#107 (RAN 1#107, R1#107) stipulates that in order to complete the PRS measurement of the non-serving cell under the condition of no MG, certain synchronization conditions need to be met. Specifically, the synchronization relationship between the serving cell and the non-serving cell is constrained by constraining the expected Rx timing difference. Wherein, the expected receiving time difference refers to the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS of the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell.
另外,在R#107中规定,如果终端设备支持无MG定位测量,在PPW内,终端设备可以上报以下能力1或能力2来决定PRS的优先级。下面以PRS的优先级高于其他下行信号的优先级为例介绍终端设备的两种可能的能力。对于PRS的优先级低于其他下行信号的优先级同样类似,这里不一一说明。In addition, it is stipulated in R#107 that if the terminal equipment supports MG-less positioning measurement, within the PPW, the terminal equipment can report the following capability 1 or capability 2 to determine the priority of the PRS. Two possible capabilities of the terminal device are introduced below by taking the priority of the PRS higher than that of other downlink signals as an example. The priority of the PRS is lower than that of other downlink signals, which is similar and will not be explained here.
能力1:在PPW内的所有时域符号上,定位测量业务的优先级高于所有其他下行信号。Capability 1: On all time-domain symbols in the PPW, the priority of the positioning measurement service is higher than that of all other downlink signals.
其中,能力1包括能力1A和能力1B。Wherein, capability 1 includes capability 1A and capability 1B.
能力1A包括:在该PPW内,一个载波(component carrier,CC)上存在PRS,则该PPW内的所有CC上的下行信号都被影响,也就是所有CC上的PRS的优先级高于其他下行信号的优先级。Capability 1A includes: in the PPW, if there is a PRS on a carrier (component carrier, CC), the downlink signals on all CCs in the PPW will be affected, that is, the priority of the PRS on all CCs is higher than that of other downlinks The priority of the signal.
能力1B包括:在PPW内,一个带宽(band)上存在PRS,仅仅在该带宽上的下行信号被影响,其他带宽上的下行信号不被影响,也就是该带宽上的PRS的优先级高于其他下行信号的优先级。Capability 1B includes: in the PPW, there is a PRS on a bandwidth (band), only the downlink signals on this bandwidth are affected, and the downlink signals on other bandwidths are not affected, that is, the priority of the PRS on this bandwidth is higher than that of The priority of other downlink signals.
能力2:仅仅在PRS所在的时域符号上,PRS的优先级高于其他下行信号。Capability 2: Only on the time-domain symbol where the PRS is located, the priority of the PRS is higher than that of other downlink signals.
目前,通信协议支持终端设备对PRS进行三种优先级处理的能力,具体支持以下选项。At present, the communication protocol supports the ability of the terminal device to process the PRS with three priorities, and specifically supports the following options.
选项1:终端设备可以指示支持两种优先级状态。Option 1: End-devices can indicate support for both priority states.
其中,两种优先级状态包括状态1和状态2。状态1:PRS的优先级高于所有物理下行控制信道(physical downlinkcontrol channel,PDCCH)、物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal,CSI-RS)。状态2:PRS的优先级低于所有PDCCH、PDSCH、CSI-RS。Wherein, the two priority states include state 1 and state 2. State 1: The priority of PRS is higher than that of all physical downlink control channels (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), channel status information reference signal (channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS ). State 2: PRS has a lower priority than all PDCCH, PDSCH, and CSI-RS.
选项2:终端设备可以指示支持三种优先级状态。Option 2: End-devices can indicate support for three priority states.
其中,三种优先级状态包括状态1、状态2和状态3。状态1:PRS优先级高于所有PDCCH、PDSCH、CSI-RS。状态2:PRS优先级低于PDCCH和超可靠低时延通信物理下行共享控制信道(ultra reliable low latency communication physical downlink shared channel,URLLC PDSCH),优先级高于其他PDSCH、CSI-RS。状态3:PRS优先级低于所有PDCCH、PDSCH、CSI-RS。Wherein, the three priority states include state 1, state 2 and state 3. State 1: PRS priority is higher than all PDCCH, PDSCH, CSI-RS. State 2: PRS priority is lower than PDCCH and ultra reliable low latency communication physical downlink shared control channel (ultra reliable low latency communication physical downlink shared channel, URLLC PDSCH), priority is higher than other PDSCH, CSI-RS. State 3: PRS priority is lower than all PDCCH, PDSCH, CSI-RS.
选项3:终端设备可以支持单一优先级状态,具体为PRS优先级高于所有PDCCH、PDSCH、CSI-RS。Option 3: The terminal device can support a single priority state, specifically, the priority of the PRS is higher than that of all PDCCH, PDSCH, and CSI-RS.
本申请中,终端设备的数据业务包括以下至少一项:PDCCH、PDSCH、CSI-RS(例如,AP-CSI-RS)。In this application, the data service of the terminal device includes at least one of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and CSI-RS (for example, AP-CSI-RS).
然而,在无MG定位测量的场景下,由于服务小区的接入网设备无法感知非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,因此非服务小区的定位测量业务与服务小区的数据业务会发生冲突。目前,终端设备不支持同时处理数据业务和定位测量业务。另一方面,通信协议中并没有规定接入网设备在无MG定位测量场景下的调度限制。因此接入网设备在无MG定位测量场景下如何调度终端设备的数据,是值得考虑的问题。However, in the scenario without MG positioning measurement, since the access network equipment of the serving cell cannot perceive the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, the positioning measurement service of the non-serving cell will conflict with the data service of the serving cell. Currently, terminal equipment does not support processing data services and positioning measurement services at the same time. On the other hand, the communication protocol does not specify the scheduling restrictions of the access network equipment in the MG-less positioning measurement scenario. Therefore, how the access network device schedules the data of the terminal device in the MG-free positioning measurement scenario is a problem worth considering.
本申请提供了相应的技术方案,用于接入网设备确定终端设备的数据调度限制,便于接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。具体请参阅后文图3、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例的相关介绍。The present application provides a corresponding technical solution for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance. For details, please refer to the related introduction of the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 below.
下面结合具体实施例介绍本申请的技术方案。The technical solutions of the present application are described below in combination with specific embodiments.
图3为本申请实施例通信方法的一个实施例示意图。请参阅图3,方法包括:FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. See Figure 3, methods include:
301、终端设备确定终端设备的能力信息。301. The terminal device determines capability information of the terminal device.
其中,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限。Wherein, the capability information includes at least one of the following items: scheduling restriction information, expected receiving time difference threshold.
期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差。期望接收时间差门限与终端设备的能力相关。The expected receiving time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device. The expected receiving time difference threshold is related to the capability of the terminal equipment.
可选的,期望接收时间差门限的长度包括以下任一项:Optionally, the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold includes any of the following:
期望接收时间差门限等于CP的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of the CP; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of one time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 slots; or,
期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected reception time difference threshold is not limited.
例如,在无MG的PRS测量中,期望接收时间差门限是终端设备的一个能力,期望接收时间差门限的取值可以是以下任一种:{CP的长度、一个时域符号的长度、0.5时隙、半个时域符号的长度、无限的(infin ite)}。For example, in PRS measurement without MG, the expected receiving time difference threshold is a capability of the terminal equipment, and the value of the expected receiving time difference threshold can be any of the following: {length of CP, length of one time domain symbol, 0.5 time slot , the length of half a time-domain symbol, infinite (infinite)}.
需要说明的是,上述期望接收时间差门限的长度仅仅是一种示例,并不属于对期望接收时间差门限的长度的限定。例如,期望接收时间差门限的长度还可以是0.4时隙的长度、两个时域符号的长度、0.5毫秒等,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that, the above length of the expected receiving time difference threshold is only an example, and does not belong to a limitation on the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold. For example, the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold may also be a length of 0.4 time slots, a length of two time domain symbols, or 0.5 milliseconds, etc., which are not limited in this application.
接收时间差是描述服务小区与非服务小区之间同步水平的度量。该接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差。The reception time difference is a measure that describes the level of synchronization between the serving and non-serving cells. The receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell.
可选的,接收时间差可以由非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定。在低频场景(即FR1)下,不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的范围为-32us至32us。在高频场景(即FR2)下,不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的范围为-8us至8us。Optionally, the receiving time difference may be determined by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information. In the low-frequency scenario (ie, FR1), the range corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is -32us to 32us. In the high-frequency scenario (ie, FR2), the range corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information is -8us to 8us.
下面介绍第一参考时间和第二参考时间的一些可能的实现方式。Some possible implementations of the first reference time and the second reference time are introduced below.
1、第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长对于的时域位置、或第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长对于的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长对于的时域位置、或第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长对于的时域位置。1. The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located, or the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located The time domain position of the first time length after the time domain position; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, and the time of the second time length pair before the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located The domain position, or the time domain position of the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located.
第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区占用的时隙中距离第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙。第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the serving cell, and the second time slot is the closest time slot to the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located among the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell. The first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell. The second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图4A所示,第二时隙的起始时域位置为非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置所在的时隙的起始时域位置T0。该第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置为T1,该第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置为T2。第二时长为非服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中与T0最近的一个时隙,即第一时隙所在的起始时域位置为如图4A中的T4。因此,若第二参考时间为T0,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T0。若第二参考时间为T1,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T1。若第二参考时间为T2,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T2。For example, as shown in FIG. 4A , the start time domain position of the second time slot is the start time domain position T0 of the time slot where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T1, and the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T2. The second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell. The first time slot is the closest time slot to T0 among the time slots occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4A . Therefore, if the second reference time is T0 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T0. If the second reference time is T1 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T1. If the second reference time is T2 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2.
例如,如图4B所示,第二时隙的起始时域位置为非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置所在的时隙的起始时域位置T0。该第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置为T1,该第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置为T2。第二时长为非服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。第一时隙为服务小区占用的时隙中与T0最近的一个时隙,即第一时隙所在的起始时域位置为如图4A中的T4。第一时隙的起始时域位置为服务小区对应的时域位置所在的时隙的起始时域位置T4。该第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置为T5,该第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置为T6。第一时长为服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。For example, as shown in FIG. 4B , the start time domain position of the second time slot is the start time domain position T0 of the time slot where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T1, and the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located is T2. The second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell. The first time slot is the closest time slot to T0 among the time slots occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4A . The start time domain position of the first time slot is the start time domain position T4 of the time slot where the time domain position corresponding to the serving cell is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T5, and the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located is T6. The first duration is the length of half the search window of the serving cell.
对于非服务小区,我们建议使用时隙的起始时域位置加上搜索窗作为第二参考时间。这意味着在计算接收时间差时,都假设非服务小区的PRS从第二时隙的第一个时域符号开始传输,无论实际配置的是在该第二时隙的哪个时域符号开始传输。For non-serving cells, we recommend using the starting time domain position of the slot plus the search window as the second reference time. This means that when calculating the receiving time difference, it is assumed that the PRS of the non-serving cell starts to transmit from the first time domain symbol of the second time slot, no matter which time domain symbol of the second time slot is actually configured to start transmission.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一时隙为服务小区的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区的一个时隙,接收时间差可以定义为X1与X2的最大值。如图4A所示,X1为T1与第一时隙所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离,X2为T2与第一时隙所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离。也就是该非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T2,即Q。In a possible implementation manner, the first time slot is a time slot of the serving cell, the second time slot is a time slot of the non-serving cell, and the receiving time difference may be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2. As shown in FIG. 4A , X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time slot is located, and X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time slot is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
具体的,X1’=mod(非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,时隙长度),mod为取模。如果X1’小于0.5时隙,则X1=X1’,否则,X1=1-X1’。X2’=mod(非服务小区的expected RSTD-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,时隙长度),mod为取模。如果X2’小于0.5时隙,则X2=X2’,否则,X2=1-X2’。Specifically, X1'=mod (the expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell+the expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell, the length of the time slot), and mod is modulus. If X1' is less than 0.5 time slots, then X1=X1', otherwise, X1=1-X1'. X2'=mod (the expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell-the expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell, the length of the time slot), mod is modulus. If X2' is less than 0.5 slots, then X2=X2', otherwise, X2=1-X2'.
另一种可能的时隙方式中,第一时隙为服务小区的PRS占用的时隙中的一个时隙,第二时隙为非服务小区的PRS占用的时隙中与第二时隙最近的一个时隙,接收时间差为X1’-X2’。In another possible time slot mode, the first time slot is one of the time slots occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second time slot is the closest to the second time slot among the time slots occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell A time slot of , the receiving time difference is X1'-X2'.
X1’=服务小区的sfn-Offset+服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD+服务小区的ResourceSetSlotOffset+服务小区的 dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X1’=服务小区的sfn-Offset+服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD+服务小区的ResourceSetSlotOffset+服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset-服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X1'=sfn-Offset of the serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the serving cell+expected RSTD of the serving cell+ResourceSetSlotOffset of the serving cell+dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the serving cell+expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell; or, X1'=sfn-Offset of the serving cell+serving cell integerSubframeOffset+expected RSTD of the serving cell+ResourceSetSlotOffset of the serving cell+dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the serving cell-expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell.
X2’=非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的ResourceSetSlotOffset+非服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X2’=非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的ResourceSetSlotOffset+非服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X2' = sfn-Offset of the non-serving cell + integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell + expected RSTD of the non-serving cell + ResourceSetSlotOffset of the non-serving cell + dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the non-serving cell + expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or, X2' = non-serving sfn-Offset of the cell+integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD of the non-serving cell+ResourceSetSlotOffset of the non-serving cell+dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the non-serving cell-expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
2、第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长对于的时域位置、或第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长对于的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长对于的时域位置、或第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长对于的时域位置。2. The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or where the first time domain symbol is located The second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, and the first time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located. The time-domain position of the two-time-length pair, or the time-domain position of the second time-length pair after the initial time-domain position where the second time-domain symbol is located.
第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号。第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, and the second time domain symbol is the one closest to the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell A time domain symbol. The first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell. The second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图4C所示,第二时域符号的起始时域位置为非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置所在的时域符号的起始时域位置T0。该第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置为T1,该第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置为T2。第二时长为非服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中与T0最近的一个时域符号,即第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置为如图4C中的T4。因此,若第二参考时间为T0,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T0。若第二参考时间为T1,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T1。若第二参考时间为T2,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T2。For example, as shown in FIG. 4C , the start time domain position of the second time domain symbol is the start time domain position T0 of the time domain symbol where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located is T1, and the time domain corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The location is T2. The second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell. The first time domain symbol is the time domain symbol closest to T0 among the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4C . Therefore, if the second reference time is T0 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T0. If the second reference time is T1 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T1. If the second reference time is T2 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2.
例如,如图4D所示,第二时域符号的起始时域位置为非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置所在的时域符号的起始时域位置T0。该第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置为T1,该第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置为T2。第二时长为非服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。第一时域符号为服务小区占用的时域符号中与T0最近的一个时域符号,即第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置为如图4D中的T4。该第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置为T5,该第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置为T6。第一时长为服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。For example, as shown in FIG. 4D , the start time domain position of the second time domain symbol is the start time domain position T0 of the time domain symbol where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located is T1, and the time domain corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located The location is T2. The second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell. The first time-domain symbol is the closest time-domain symbol to T0 among the time-domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time-domain position where the first time-domain symbol is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4D . The time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located is T5, and the time domain corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located The location is T6. The first duration is the length of half the search window of the serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域符号为服务小区的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为 非服务小区的一个时域符号,接收时间差可以定义为X1与X2的最大值。其中,X1为T1与第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离,X2为T2与第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离。也就是该非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T2,即Q。In a possible implementation, the first time domain symbol is a time domain symbol of the serving cell, the second time domain symbol is a time domain symbol of the non-serving cell, and the receiving time difference can be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2. Wherein, X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time domain symbol is located, and X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first time domain symbol is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
具体的,X1’=mod(非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,时域符号长度),mod为取模。如果X1’小于0.5个时域符号,则X1=X1’,否则,X1=1-X1’。X2’=mod(非服务小区的expected RSTD-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,时域符号长度),mod为取模。如果X2’小于0.5个时域符号,则X2=X2’,否则,X2=1-X2’。Specifically, X1'=mod (the expected RSTD of the non-serving cell+the expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell, the time-domain symbol length), and mod is modulus. If X1' is less than 0.5 time-domain symbols, then X1=X1', otherwise, X1=1-X1'. X2'=mod (the expected RSTD of the non-serving cell-the expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell, the time-domain symbol length), mod is modulo. If X2' is less than 0.5 time-domain symbols, then X2=X2', otherwise, X2=1-X2'.
另一种可能的时隙方式中,第一时域符号为服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,第二时域符号为非服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号中与第二时域符号最近的一个时域符号,接收时间差为X1’-X2’。In another possible slot mode, the first time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The receiving time difference of the nearest time domain symbol of the second time domain symbol is X1'-X2'.
X1’=服务小区的sfn-Offset+服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD+服务小区的ResourceSetS lotOffset+服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset+服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X1’=服务小区的sfn-Offset+服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD+服务小区的ResourceSetSlotOffset+服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset+服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset-服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X1' = sfn-Offset of the serving cell + integerSubframeOffset of the serving cell + expected RSTD of the serving cell + ResourceSetSlotOffset of the serving cell + dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the serving cell + dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset of the serving cell + expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell; or, X1' = sfn-Offset of the serving cell + integerSubframeOffset of the serving cell + expected RSTD of the serving cell + ResourceSetSlotOffset of the serving cell + dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the serving cell + dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset of the serving cell - expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell.
X2’=非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的ResourceSetSlotOffset+非服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset+非服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X2’=非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的ResourceSetSlotOffset+非服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset+非服务小区的dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X2' = sfn-Offset of the non-serving cell + integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell + expected RSTD of the non-serving cell + ResourceSetSlotOffset of the non-serving cell + dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the non-serving cell + dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset of the non-serving cell + expected RSTD of the non-serving cell uncertainty; or, X2'=sfn-Offset of the non-serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD of the non-serving cell+ResourceSetSlotOffset of the non-serving cell+dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset of the non-serving cell+dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset of the non-serving cell-non-serving cell The expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell.
3、第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长对于的时域位置、或第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长对于的时域位置;第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长对于的时域位置、或第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长对应的时域位置。3. The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located The time domain position of the first time length after the time domain position; the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, and the time of the second time domain position before the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located The domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located.
第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧号中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧。第一时长为服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。第二时长为非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first radio frame is one of the radio frame numbers occupied by the serving cell, and the second radio frame is a radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell. The first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell. The second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图4E所示,第二无线帧的起始时域位置为非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置所在的无线帧的起始时域位置T0。该第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置为T1,该第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时 长所对应的时域位置为T2。第二时长为非服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。第一无线帧为服务小区占用的时域符号中与T0最近的一个无线帧,即第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置为如图4E中的T4。因此,若第二参考时间为T0,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T0。若第二参考时间为T1,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T1。若第二参考时间为T2,第一参考时间为T4,则非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T2。For example, as shown in FIG. 4E , the start time domain position of the second radio frame is the start time domain position T0 of the radio frame where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T1, and the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T2. The second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell. The first radio frame is the radio frame closest to T0 in the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located is T4 in FIG. 4E . Therefore, if the second reference time is T0 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T0. If the second reference time is T1 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T1. If the second reference time is T2 and the first reference time is T4, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2.
例如,如图4F所示,第二无线帧的起始时域位置为非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置所在的无线帧的起始时域位置T0。该第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置为T1,该第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置为T2。第二时长为非服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。第一无线帧为服务小区占用的无线帧中与T0最近的一个无线帧,即第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置为如图4F中的T4。该第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置为T5,该第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置为T6。第一时长为服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。For example, as shown in FIG. 4F , the start time domain position of the second radio frame is the start time domain position T0 of the radio frame where the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell is located. The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T1, and the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located is T2. The second duration is the length of the half search window of the non-serving cell. The first radio frame is the radio frame closest to T0 among the radio frames occupied by the serving cell, that is, the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located is T4 as shown in FIG. 4F . The time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first wireless frame is located is T5, and the time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the first wireless frame is located is T6. The first duration is the length of half the search window of the serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一无线帧为服务小区的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区的一个无线帧,接收时间差可以定义为X1与X2的最大值。In a possible implementation manner, the first radio frame is a radio frame of the serving cell, the second radio frame is a radio frame of the non-serving cell, and the receiving time difference may be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2.
其中,X1为T1与第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离,X2为T2与第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离。也就是该非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T2,即Q。Wherein, X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located, and X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
具体的,X1’=mod(非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,帧长度(frame length)(10ms)),mod为取模。如果X1’小于0.5个无线帧,则X1=X1’,否则,X1=1-X1’。X2’=mod(非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,帧长度(frame length)(10ms)),mod为取模。如果X2’小于0.5个无线帧,则X2=X2’,否则,X2=1-X2’。Specifically, X1'=mod (integerSubframeOffset+non-serving cell's expected RSTD+non-serving cell's expected RSTD uncertainty, frame length (frame length) (10ms)), mod is modulus. If X1' is less than 0.5 radio frames, then X1=X1', otherwise, X1=1-X1'. X2'=mod (integerSubframeOffset+non-serving cell's expected RSTD-non-serving cell's expected RSTD uncertainty, frame length (frame length) (10ms)), mod is modulus. If X2' is less than 0.5 radio frames, then X2=X2', otherwise, X2=1-X2'.
另一种可能的实现方式中,若第一无线帧为服务小区的无线帧0,第二无线帧为非服务小区的无线帧0,接收时间差可以定义为X1与X2的最大值。In another possible implementation manner, if the first radio frame is radio frame 0 of the serving cell and the second radio frame is radio frame 0 of the non-serving cell, the receiving time difference may be defined as the maximum value of X1 and X2.
其中,X1为T1与第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离,X2为T2与第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置T4之间的距离。也就是该非服务小区的接收时间差为T4-T2,即Q。Wherein, X1 is the distance between T1 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located, and X2 is the distance between T2 and the initial time domain position T4 where the first radio frame is located. That is, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is T4-T2, that is, Q.
具体的,X1’=mod(非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,10240ms)。如果X1’小于0.5个无线帧,则X1=X1’,否则,X1=1-X1’。X2’=mod(非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty,10240ms)。mod为取模。如果X2’小于0.5个无线帧,则X2=X2’,否则,X2=1-X2’。Specifically, X1'=mod(sfn-Offset of the non-serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell, 10240ms). If X1' is less than 0.5 radio frames, then X1=X1', otherwise, X1=1-X1'. X2'=mod(sfn-Offset of the non-serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD of the non-serving cell-expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell, 10240ms). mod is modulo. If X2' is less than 0.5 radio frames, then X2=X2', otherwise, X2=1-X2'.
另一种可能的时隙方式中,若第一无线帧为服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,第二无线帧为非服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧的一个无线帧,则接收时间差可以定 义为X1’-X2’。In another possible time slot mode, if the first radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second radio frame is one of the radio frames occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, then The reception time difference can be defined as X1'-X2'.
X1’=服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD+服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X1’=服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD-服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X1'=integerSubframeOffset of the serving cell+expected RSTD of the serving cell+expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell; or, X1'=integerSubframeOffset of the serving cell+expected RSTD of the serving cell-expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell.
X2’=非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X2’=非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X2'=integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or, X2'=integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD of the non-serving cell-expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
另一种可能的时隙方式中,若第一无线帧为服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧0,第二无线帧为非服务小区的PRS占用的无线帧0,则接收时间差可以定义为X1’-X2’。In another possible time slot mode, if the first radio frame is the radio frame 0 occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the second radio frame is the radio frame 0 occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, then the receiving time difference can be defined as X1' -X2'.
X1’=服务小区的sfn-Offset+服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD+服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X1’=服务小区的sfn-Offset+服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+服务小区的expected RSTD-服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X1'=sfn-Offset of the serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the serving cell+expected RSTD of the serving cell+expected RSTD uncertainty of the serving cell; or, X1'=sfn-Offset of the serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the serving cell+expected RSTD of the serving cell-expected of the serving cell RSTD uncertainty.
X2’=非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD+非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty;或者,X2’=非服务小区的sfn-Offset+非服务小区的integerSubframeOffset+非服务小区的expected RSTD-非服务小区的expected RSTD uncertainty。X2'=sfn-Offset of the non-serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD of the non-serving cell+expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or, X2'=sfn-Offset of the non-serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell+integerSubframeOffset of the non-serving cell expected RSTD - expected RSTD uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
由此可知,对于服务小区,第一参考时间可以是服务小区的时域符号所在的起始时域位置、时隙所在的起始时域位置、子帧所在的起始时域位置、无线帧所在的起始时域位置、或无线帧0所在的起始时域位置。对于非服务小区,第二参考时间可以是非服务小区的时域符号所在的起始时域位置、时隙所在的起始时域位置、子帧所在的起始时域位置、无线帧所在的起始时域位置、或无线帧0所在的起始时域位置。若第一参考时间为服务小区的时域符号所在的起始时域位置,第二参考时间为非服务小区的时域符号所在的起始时域位置,则对网络侧施加的限制最小。即只要服务小区和非服务小区之间存在时域符号级别同步(即第一时域符号与第二时域符号之间小于或等于期望接收时间差门限),终端设备就可以测量该非服务小区的PRS。相反,若第一参考时间为服务小区的无线帧0,第二参考时间为非服务小区的无线帧0,则对网络侧施加的限制最多。也就是时域符号级别同步对网络侧的限制最小,时隙级别同步或子帧级别同步对网络侧的限制较小,而无线帧级别同步对网络侧的限制最大。It can be seen that, for the serving cell, the first reference time may be the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol of the serving cell is located, the initial time domain position where the time slot is located, the initial time domain position where the subframe is located, the radio frame The initial time domain position where it is located, or the initial time domain position where radio frame 0 is located. For a non-serving cell, the second reference time may be the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol of the non-serving cell is located, the initial time domain position where the time slot is located, the initial time domain position where the subframe is located, the starting time domain position where the radio frame is located The initial time domain position, or the initial time domain position where radio frame 0 is located. If the first reference time is the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol of the serving cell is located, and the second reference time is the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol of the non-serving cell is located, then the restrictions imposed on the network side are minimal. That is, as long as there is time-domain symbol level synchronization between the serving cell and the non-serving cell (that is, the first time-domain symbol and the second time-domain symbol are less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold), the terminal device can measure the non-serving cell PRS. On the contrary, if the first reference time is the radio frame 0 of the serving cell, and the second reference time is the radio frame 0 of the non-serving cell, then the restrictions imposed on the network side are the most. That is, time-domain symbol-level synchronization has the least restriction on the network side, slot-level synchronization or subframe-level synchronization has less restriction on the network side, and wireless frame-level synchronization has the largest restriction on the network side.
我们建议使用服务小区的时隙所在的起始时域位置作为服务小区的第一参考时间。虽然采用服务小区的时域符号所在的起始时域位置是技术上最好的选择,但在定义接收时间差时存在以下几个问题。问题一:所有时域符号的符号长度并不相同,因为在一个时隙中,时域符号#0和时域符号#7分别对应的CP比该时隙的其他符号的CP长。问题二:非服务小区对应的搜索窗的长度可能大于时域符号的长度,这使得很难定义服务小区的第一参考时间与第二参考时间之间的距离。因此,上述选用服务小区的第一时隙所在的起始时域位置作为第一参考时间是一个可能的选择,其对网络侧的限制较小。We propose to use the initial time domain position where the time slot of the serving cell is located as the first reference time of the serving cell. Although it is technically the best choice to adopt the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol of the serving cell is located, there are the following problems when defining the receiving time difference. Problem 1: The symbol lengths of all time-domain symbols are not the same, because in a time slot, the CPs corresponding to time-domain symbol #0 and time-domain symbol #7 are longer than the CPs of other symbols in the time slot. Problem 2: The length of the search window corresponding to the non-serving cell may be larger than the length of the time-domain symbol, which makes it difficult to define the distance between the first reference time and the second reference time of the serving cell. Therefore, it is a possible choice to select the initial time domain position where the first time slot of the serving cell is located as the first reference time, which has less restrictions on the network side.
对于期望接收时间差门限的选择上,无MG定位测量所需的符号级别同步取决于终端设备如何执行到达时间(time of arrival,TOA)测量。如果TOA测量是通过时域相关性完成的,则期望接收时间差门限不应取决于服务小区与非服务小区在同步上的任何条件。即终端设备应当能够支持服务小区的PRS和非服务小区的PRS之间的任何接收时间差,这与基于MG的测量的假设是相同的。在这种情况下,期望接收时间差门限可以为0.5时隙。For the selection of the expected reception time difference threshold, the symbol-level synchronization required for MG-free positioning measurement depends on how the terminal device performs time of arrival (TOA) measurement. If the TOA measurement is done by time-domain correlation, the expected reception time difference threshold should not depend on any condition of synchronization between the serving cell and the non-serving cell. That is, the terminal device should be able to support any reception time difference between the PRS of the serving cell and the PRS of the non-serving cell, which is the same assumption as the MG-based measurement. In this case, the expected receiving time difference threshold may be 0.5 time slots.
如果TOA测量是在快速傅里叶变化(fast fourier transform,FFT)之后在频域上进行的,则期望接收时间差门限应当取决于服务小区与非服务小区在同步上的条件。因为FFT窗口很可能基于服务小区定时。这种情况类似于CSI-RS L3测量,具有单一FFT假设。对于CSI-RS L3测量,精度要求是根据时间偏移小于或等于CP来定义的,我们认为同样的条件可以重复使用,这已经是对大于15kHz的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)的网络的严格要求。当然,在RAN4可以在性能部分进一步讨论对定时相关测量精度的影响。If the TOA measurement is performed in the frequency domain after a fast Fourier transform (FFT), the expected reception time difference threshold should depend on the synchronization condition between the serving cell and the non-serving cell. Because the FFT window is likely to be based on serving cell timing. This case is similar to the CSI-RS L3 measurement with a single FFT assumption. For CSI-RS L3 measurements, accuracy requirements are defined in terms of time offset less than or equal to CP, and we believe that the same condition can be reused, which is already for networks with subcarrier spacing (SCS) greater than 15kHz strict requirements. Of course, the impact on timing-related measurement accuracy can be further discussed in the performance section at RAN4.
考虑到可能有不同的实现选择,我们建议将无MG定位测量下采用的同步阈值(即期望接收时间差门限)定义为终端设备的能力。期望接收时间差门限的取值可以为以下任一个{CP的长度,0.5时隙}。这将扩大基于终端设备实现无MG定位测量的适用场景,即在无MG定位测量可以被一些终端设备使用,而没有网络设备的紧同步要求。Considering that there may be different implementation options, we propose to define the synchronization threshold (that is, the threshold of expected receiving time difference) adopted in the positioning measurement without MG as the capability of the terminal equipment. The value of the expected receiving time difference threshold can be any of the following {CP length, 0.5 time slot}. This will expand the applicable scenarios of MG-free positioning measurement based on terminal equipment, that is, the MG-free positioning measurement can be used by some terminal equipment without tight synchronization requirements of network equipment.
调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制。The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device.
下面介绍调度限制信息指示终端设备的数据调度限制的几种可能方式。Several possible ways in which the scheduling restriction information indicates the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device are introduced below.
1、调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。1. The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restrictions.
例如,调度限制信息的取值为“0”时,用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。调度限制信息的取值为“1”时,用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。或者,调度限制信息的取值为“1”时,用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。调度限制信息的取值为“0”时,用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, when the value of the scheduling restriction information is "0", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction. When the value of the scheduling restriction information is "1", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction. Alternatively, when the value of the scheduling restriction information is "1", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction. When the value of the scheduling restriction information is "0", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction.
可选的,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息还用于根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、非服务小区的定位辅助信息和参考小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一时域位置。关于服务小区的定位辅助信息、非服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一时域位置请参阅后文相关介绍。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction, and the scheduling restriction information is also used for at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell, and the positioning assistance information of the reference cell A first time domain location is determined. For the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell and the first time domain position, please refer to the related introduction later.
2、调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制。关于第一时域位置请参阅后文相关介绍。2. The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position. For the position of the first time domain, please refer to the related introduction later.
302、终端设备发送终端设备的能力信息。302. The terminal device sends capability information of the terminal device.
可选的,终端设备向接入网设备或定位管理设备发送该能力信息。Optionally, the terminal device sends the capability information to the access network device or the location management device.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过RRC信令向接入网设备发送该能力信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends the capability information to the access network device through RRC signaling.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过LTE定义协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)信令向定位管理设备发送该能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends the capability information to the positioning management device through LTE definition protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) signaling.
在该实现方式中,定位管理设备接收到该能力信息之后,定位管理设备可以将该能力信息发送给接入网设备。In this implementation manner, after the location management device receives the capability information, the location management device may send the capability information to the access network device.
另一方面,定位管理设备接收到能力信息之后,定位管理设备可以结合能力信息确定 终端设备能够对哪些非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量,以及结合该能力信息为配置非服务小区的PRS资源。例如,若非服务小区的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,则定位管理设备可以确定终端设备能够对该非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。若非服务小区的接收时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,则定位管理设备可以确定终端设备不能对该非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。On the other hand, after the location management device receives the capability information, the location management device can combine the capability information to determine which non-serving cell PRS the terminal device can perform location measurement on, and combine the capability information to configure the PRS resources of the non-serving cell. For example, if the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the positioning management device may determine that the terminal device can perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell. If the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, the positioning management device may determine that the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell.
303、接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息。303. The access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,基于终端设备向接入网设备发送能力信息的实现方式,上述步骤303具体包括:接入网设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。In a possible implementation manner, based on an implementation manner in which the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, the above step 303 specifically includes: the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,基于终端设备向定位管理设备发送能力信息的实现方式,上述步骤303具体包括:接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备发送的能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, based on an implementation manner in which the terminal device sends capability information to the location management device, the above step 303 specifically includes: the access network device receives the capability information sent from the location management device.
304、接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。304. The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
下面结合能力信息介绍上述步骤304。下面以终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区为例进行介绍,对于其他非服务小区的处理过程同样类似,具体这里不一一说明。The above step 304 will be described below in combination with the capability information. In the following, the non-serving cells of the terminal device include the first non-serving cell as an example for introduction, and the processing procedures for other non-serving cells are also similar, and details are not described here one by one.
1、能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限。可选的,上述步骤304具体包括步骤304a和步骤304b。1. The capability information includes the expected receiving time difference threshold. Optionally, the foregoing step 304 specifically includes step 304a and step 304b.
304a、接入网设备基于期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置。304a. The access network device determines an eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold.
具体的,接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置。Specifically, the access network device determines the eighth time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
下面介绍接入网设备确定第八时域位置的几种可能的实现方式。Several possible implementation manners for the access network device to determine the eighth time domain position are introduced below.
实现方式一Implementation method one
下面介绍步骤1a至步骤1d介绍实现方式一。Step 1a to step 1d are described below to introduce the first implementation.
步骤1a、接入网设备确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;Step 1a, the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
在该实现方式中,接入网设备确定该第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差,具体关于接收时间差的相关定义请参阅前述介绍。接入网设备确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,那么可以认为终端设备可以对该第一非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。因此接入网设备需要考虑第一非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。In this implementation manner, the access network device determines the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell. For specific definitions of the receiving time difference, please refer to the foregoing introduction. If the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, it can be considered that the terminal device can perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the first non-serving cell. Therefore, the access network device needs to consider the data scheduling restriction on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell.
需要说明的是,如果第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,则终端设备不会对该第一非服务小区的PRS进在定位测量。因此,接入网设备无需考虑第一非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置上的数据调度限制。It should be noted that if the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the first non-serving cell. Therefore, the access network device does not need to consider data scheduling restrictions on the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell.
步骤1b、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;Step 1b. The access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell. The second time domain position of ;
可选的,服务小区与第一服务小区同步,也就是网络同步;或者,服务小区与第一服务小区不同,也就是网络不同步。下面结合这两个情况分别介绍步骤1b。Optionally, the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, that is, the network is synchronized; or, the serving cell is different from the first serving cell, that is, the network is not synchronized. Step 1b will be described below combining these two situations.
情况1、服务小区与第一服务小区同步,则终端设备的服务小区的PRS占用的时域位 置和终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置相同。 Case 1, the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
基于此,可选的,上述步骤1b具体包括:Based on this, optionally, the above step 1b specifically includes:
接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置。The access network device determines the second time domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell.
其中,服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。终端设备的服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置相同。因此第二时域位置即为服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: information of the expected time difference of arrival of the uncertainty of the serving cell, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset Shift and position reference signal duration time domain symbols. The time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device. Therefore, the second time domain position is the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图5A所示,接入网设备通过服务小区的定位辅助信息可以确定该第二时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 5A , the access network device may determine the second time domain location by using the positioning assistance information of the serving cell.
情况2、服务小区与第一服务小区不同步。在该情况下分如下两种可能的情况:Case 2: The serving cell is not synchronized with the first serving cell. In this case, there are two possible situations:
情况A:参考小区为服务小区。Case A: The reference cell is the serving cell.
基于情况A,可选的,上述步骤1b具体包括:Based on situation A, optionally, the above step 1b specifically includes:
接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置。The access network device determines, according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, the second time domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell.
其中,服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: information of the expected time difference of arrival of the uncertainty of the serving cell, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset Shift and position reference signal duration time domain symbols.
第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括:第一非服务小区的系统帧号SFN偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。The positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes: the system frame number SFN offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning Reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
情况B:参考小区不为服务小区,也不为第一服务小区。Case B: the reference cell is neither the serving cell nor the first serving cell.
基于情况B,可选的,上述步骤1b具体包括:Based on case B, optionally, the above step 1b specifically includes:
接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置。The access network device determines the second time-domain position to which the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell.
其中,服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number offset of the serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference The signal resource time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括:第一非服务小区的系统帧号偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。The positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes: the system frame number offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference The signal resource time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
参考小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。The positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: information of the expected time difference of arrival of the uncertainty of the serving cell, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, The positioning reference signal lasts for time-domain symbols.
例如,如图5A所示,第一非服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的时域符号2上的2.98至时域符号6上的6.98。For example, as shown in Figure 5A, the PRS of the first non-serving cell maps to 2.98 on time domain symbol 2 to 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 of the serving cell.
基于上述情况2的实现方式,图3所示的实施例还包括步骤303a,步骤303a可以在步骤304之前执行。Based on the implementation of the above case 2, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 further includes step 303a, and step 303a may be performed before step 304.
303a、接入网设备获取非服务小区的定位辅助信息。303a. The access network device acquires the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的定位辅助信息。相应的,上述步骤303a具体包括:接入网设备接收来自终端设备的非服务小区的定位辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Correspondingly, the above step 303a specifically includes: the access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,定位管理设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的定位辅助信息。相应的,上述步骤303a具体包括:接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备的非服务小区的定位辅助信息。In another possible implementation manner, the location management device sends the location assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Correspondingly, the above step 303a specifically includes: the access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the positioning management device.
该非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息。关于定位辅助信息请参阅前文相关介绍。The positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell. For positioning assistance information, please refer to the previous introduction.
步骤1c、接入网设备根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置;Step 1c, the access network device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell;
其中,第三时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第四时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长等于第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。Wherein, the third time domain position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the start time domain position, and the fourth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is the same as the end time position The domain positions are continuous, and the duration of the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are equal to the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell.
例如,如图5A所示,第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度为0.02ms,第三时域位置位于时域符号2上的2.96至时域符号2上的2.98之间,第四时域位置为时域符号6上的6.98至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置之间。For example, as shown in Figure 5A, the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell is 0.02 ms, and the third time domain position is located at 2.96 to 2.96 ms on time domain symbol 2. Between 2.98 on domain symbol 2, the fourth time domain position is between 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
步骤1d、接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第八时域位置。Step 1d, the access network device takes the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
例如,如图5A所示,接入网设备将时域符号2上的2.96至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置之间的时域位置作为该第八时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 5A , the access network device uses the time domain position between 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located as the eighth time domain position.
可选的,在步骤1d之后,接入网设备可以对第八时域位置进行符号级向上取整,得到取整后的第八时域位置。Optionally, after step 1d, the access network device may round up the eighth time domain position at the symbol level to obtain the rounded eighth time domain position.
例如,如图5B所示,接入网设备将时域符号2上的2.96至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置之间的时域位置进行符号级向上取整为时域符号3所在的起始时域位置至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置。也就是取整后的第八时域位置包括时域符号3所在的起始时域位置至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置。For example, as shown in Figure 5B, the access network device rounds up the time domain position between 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located, at the symbol level to the time domain position where time domain symbol 3 is located. The initial time domain position of to the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol 7 is located. That is, the rounded eighth time domain position includes the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 3 is located to the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
可选的,对于服务小区与第一非服务小区不同步的情况,可选的,上述实现方式一还包括步骤1e至步骤1f。Optionally, for the case where the serving cell is not synchronized with the first non-serving cell, optionally, the first implementation above further includes steps 1e to 1f.
步骤1e、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第五时域位置;关于服务小区的定位辅助信息请参阅前文相关介绍。Step 1e, the access network device determines the fifth time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell; for the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, please refer to the relevant introduction above.
例如,如图5C所示,接入网设备通过服务小区的定位辅助信息确定第五时域位置为时域符号1至时域符号5。For example, as shown in FIG. 5C , the access network device determines that the fifth time-domain position is time-domain symbol 1 to time-domain symbol 5 through the positioning assistance information of the serving cell.
步骤1f、接入网设备根据第五时域位置和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时 间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;Step 1f, the access network device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的半搜索窗的长度为0.04ms,因此如图5C所示,第六时域位置为时域符号0上的0.96至时域符号1所在的起始时域位置,第七时域位置为时域符号5所在的起始时域位置至时域符号5上的5.04。The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell is 0.04ms, so as shown in Figure 5C, the sixth time domain position is from 0.96 on time domain symbol 0 to time domain symbol 1 The initial time domain position where the seventh time domain position is located is from the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 5 is to 5.04 on time domain symbol 5.
基于此,可选的,上述步骤1d具体包括:Based on this, optionally, the above step 1d specifically includes:
接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第八时域位置,包括:The access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position, including:
接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置、第四时域位置、第五时域位置、第六时域位置和第七时域位置作为第八时域位置。The access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
例如,如图5C所示,第八时域位置包括时域符号0上的0.96至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 5C , the eighth time domain position includes 0.96 on time domain symbol 0 to the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
可选的,接入网设备对第八时域位置进行符号级向上取整,得到取整后的第八时域位置。例如,如图5C所示,接入网设备对时域符号0上的0.96至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置之间的时域位置进行符号级向上取整,得到时域符号1所在的起始时域位置至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置。也就是说第八时域位置包括时域符号1所在的起始时域位置至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置。Optionally, the access network device rounds up the eighth time domain position at the symbol level to obtain the rounded eighth time domain position. For example, as shown in Figure 5C, the access network device rounds up the time domain position between 0.96 on time domain symbol 0 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located, and obtains time domain symbol 1 From the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol 7 is located to the initial time domain position where the time domain symbol 7 is located. That is to say, the eighth time domain position includes the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 1 is located to the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located.
下面介绍步骤2a至步骤2d介绍实现方式二。Step 2a to step 2d are described below to introduce the second implementation.
步骤2a、接入网设备确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;Step 2a, the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
步骤2b、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;Step 2b: The access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell The second time domain position of ;
上述步骤2a至步骤2b与前述步骤1a至步骤1b类似,具体可以参阅步骤1a至步骤1b的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。The above step 2a to step 2b are similar to the above step 1a to step 1b, for details, please refer to the related introduction of step 1a to step 1b, which will not be repeated here.
步骤2c、若第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于CP的长度,则接入网设备将第二时域位置作为该第八时域位置。Step 2c. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the access network device takes the second time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
例如,如图5A所示,第二时域位置包括时域符号2上的2.98至时域符号6上的6.98。如果第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于CP的长度,接入网设备将第二时域位置直接作为第八时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 5A , the second time domain positions include 2.98 on time domain symbol 2 to 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 . If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the access network device directly uses the second time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
可选的,第二时域位置落在时域符号L-1至时域符号L+N-1上,N为第一非服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号。如果第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于CP的长度,第二时域位置落在时域符号L-1上的长度小于CP的长度,第二时域位置落在时域符号L+N1-1上的长度大于CP的长度。接入网设备可以对第二时域位置进行符号级向上取整,那么取整后的第二时域位置包括时域符号L至时域符号L+N-1。Optionally, the second time domain position falls on time domain symbol L-1 to time domain symbol L+N-1, where N is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the length of the second time domain position falling on the time domain symbol L-1 is less than the length of the CP, and the second time domain position falls on the time domain symbol L+ The length on N1-1 is greater than the length of CP. The access network device may perform symbol-level rounding up on the second time domain position, and then the rounded second time domain position includes time domain symbol L to time domain symbol L+N−1.
例如,时域符号L-1为时域符号2,时域符号L+N-1为时域符号6。第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于CP的长度,第二时域位置落在时域符号2的2.98至时域符号3所在的起始时域位置上,第二时域位置落在时域符号2上的长度小于CP的长度,因此接入网设备不需要在时域符号2上有数据调度限制。因此,接入网设备可以在时域符号3所 在的起始时域位置至时域符号6的结束时域位置(即时域符号7所在的起始时域位置)上有数据调度限制。For example, time domain symbol L−1 is time domain symbol 2, and time domain symbol L+N−1 is time domain symbol 6. The receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, and the second time domain position falls on the initial time domain position from 2.98 of time domain symbol 2 to time domain symbol 3, and the second time domain position falls on The length on the time domain symbol 2 is smaller than the length of the CP, so the access network device does not need to have data scheduling restrictions on the time domain symbol 2. Therefore, the access network device may have data scheduling restrictions from the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 3 is located to the end time domain position where time domain symbol 6 is located (the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located).
步骤2d、若第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差大于CP的长度,则接入网设备根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,并第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第八时域位置。Step 2d. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, the access network device determines the third time difference according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the second time domain position and the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell. The domain position and the fourth time domain position, and the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the eighth time domain position.
例如,如图5A所示,如果第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差大于CP的长度,则接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第八时域位置。For example, as shown in Figure 5A, if the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, the access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position domain location.
可选的,第二时域位置落在时域符号L-1至时域符号L+N-1上,N为第一非服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号。如果第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差大于CP的长度,除了时域符号L至时域符号L+N-1之外,时域符号L-1和时域符号L+N也可能具有数据调度限制,这里需要进一步考虑第一非服务小区的半搜索窗的长度。Optionally, the second time domain position falls on time domain symbol L-1 to time domain symbol L+N-1, where N is the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first non-serving cell. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, in addition to the time domain symbol L to the time domain symbol L+N-1, the time domain symbol L-1 and the time domain symbol L+N may also have data scheduling Limitation, the length of the half search window of the first non-serving cell needs to be further considered here.
例如,如图5A所示,第二时域位置落在时域符号2至时域符号6上。第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度为0.02ms,第三时域位置为时域符号2上的2.96至时域符号2上的2.98之间,第四时域位置为时域符号6上的6.98至时域符号7所在的起始时域位置之间。因此,第八时域符号包括时域符号2上的2.96至时域符号6的结束时域位置(即时域符号7所在的起始时域位置)。For example, as shown in FIG. 5A , the second time domain position falls on time domain symbol 2 through time domain symbol 6 . The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell is 0.02ms, and the third time domain position is between 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 and 2.98 on time domain symbol 2 , the fourth time domain position is between 6.98 on time domain symbol 6 and the initial time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located. Thus, the eighth time domain symbol includes 2.96 on time domain symbol 2 to the end time domain position of time domain symbol 6 (ie the starting time domain position where time domain symbol 7 is located).
下面介绍步骤3a至步骤3c介绍实现方式三。Step 3a to step 3c are described below to introduce the third implementation.
步骤3a、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第二时域位置;Step 3a, the access network device determines the second time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
步骤3a与前述步骤2a类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤2a的相关介绍。Step 3a is similar to the aforementioned step 2a, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the aforementioned step 2a.
在该实现方式三中,服务小区与第一服务小区同步,也就是网络同步。则终端设备的服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置相同。In the third implementation manner, the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, that is, the network is synchronized. Then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
步骤3b、接入网设备根据第二时域位置和期望接收时间差门限确定第九时域位置和第十时域位置;Step 3b, the access network device determines the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold;
其中,第九时域位置位于第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与起始时域位置连续,第十时域位置位于第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与结束时域位置连续;第九时域位置的时长和第十时域位置的时长都等于期望接收时间差门限。Wherein, the ninth time domain position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the start time domain position, and the tenth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is at the same time as the end time domain position The domain positions are continuous; the duration of the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position are both equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图5D所示,期望接收时间差门限的长度为0.5ms,第九时域位置位于时域符号2上的2.48ms至时域符号2上的2.98之间,第十时域位置为时域符号6上的6.98至时域符号7上的7.48之间。For example, as shown in Figure 5D, the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold is 0.5ms, the ninth time domain position is located between 2.48ms on time domain symbol 2 and 2.98 on time domain symbol 2, and the tenth time domain position is when Between 6.98 on symbol 6 in the domain and 7.48 on symbol 7 in the time domain.
步骤3c、接入网设备将第二时域位置、第九时域位置和第十时域位置作为第八时域位置。In step 3c, the access network device takes the second time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
例如,如图5D所示,接入网设备确定第八时域位置包括时域符号2上的2.58至时域符号7上的7.48。For example, as shown in FIG. 5D , the access network device determines that the eighth time domain position includes 2.58 on time domain symbol 2 to 7.48 on time domain symbol 7 .
可选的,接入网设备可以对第八时域位置进行符号级向上取整,得到取整后的第八时域位置。Optionally, the access network device may round up the eighth time domain position at the symbol level to obtain the rounded eighth time domain position.
例如,基于图5D,接入网设备可以通过对第八时域位置确定取整后的第八时域位置包 括:时域符号2至时域符号7。For example, based on FIG. 5D , the access network device may determine the rounded eighth time domain position including: time domain symbol 2 to time domain symbol 7 by determining the eighth time domain position.
下面介绍步骤4a至步骤4d介绍实现方式四。Step 4a to step 4d are described below to introduce the fourth implementation.
步骤4a、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第二时域位置;Step 4a, the access network device determines the second time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
步骤4a与前述步骤2a类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤2a的相关介绍。Step 4a is similar to the aforementioned step 2a, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the aforementioned step 2a.
在该实现方式三中,服务小区与第一服务小区同步,也就是网络同步。则终端设备的服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置相同。In the third implementation manner, the serving cell is synchronized with the first serving cell, that is, the network is synchronized. Then the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell of the terminal device is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device.
步骤4b、若第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于CP的长度,则接入网设备将第二时域位置作为该第八时域位置。Step 4b. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the access network device takes the second time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
步骤4c、若第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差大于CP的长度,则接入网设备根据第二时域位置和期望接收时间差门限确定第九时域位置和第十时域位置,并第二时域位置、第九时域位置和第十时域位置作为第八时域位置。Step 4c, if the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, the access network device determines the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the second The time domain position, the ninth time domain position and the tenth time domain position serve as the eighth time domain position.
步骤4b至步骤4c与前述步骤2c至步骤2d类似,具体可以参阅前述的相关介绍。Step 4b to step 4c are similar to the aforementioned steps 2c to 2d, for details, please refer to the aforementioned related introduction.
304b、接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。304b. The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
具体的,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,也就是接入网设备在该第八时域位置上不调度终端设备的数据;或者,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。Specifically, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the eighth time domain position, that is, the access network device The data of the terminal device is not scheduled at the eighth time domain position; or, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the first time domain position There are no data scheduling restrictions on end devices.
二、能力信息包括调度限制信息。2. Capability information includes scheduling restriction information.
1、调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据限制或用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。可选的,该能力信息还包括期望接收时间差门限。1. The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data restriction or is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction. Optionally, the capability information also includes an expected receiving time difference threshold.
情况1:调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。Case 1: The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
在情况1下,上述步骤304具体包括:接入网设备基于该调度限制信息确定终端设备没有数据调度限制。In case 1, the above step 304 specifically includes: the access network device determines, based on the scheduling restriction information, that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
情况2:调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。Case 2: The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
调度限制信息用于指示根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、非服务小区的定位辅助信息和参考小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell, and the positioning assistance information of the reference cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
可选的,上述步骤304具体包括步骤304c至步骤304d。Optionally, the above step 304 specifically includes step 304c to step 304d.
步骤304c、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。Step 304c, the access network device determines the first time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
关于步骤304c的具体确定方式与参阅前述的实现方式一或实现方式二类似,具体可以参阅前述实现方式一或实现方式二的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。The specific determination method of step 304c is similar to that described above in the first or second implementation method. For details, please refer to the relevant introduction of the first or second implementation method, and will not be repeated here.
步骤304d、接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。Step 304d, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
步骤304d与前述步骤304b类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤304b的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Step 304d is similar to the above-mentioned step 304b, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the above-mentioned step 304b, which will not be repeated here.
2、调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制。2. The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
可选的,上述步骤304具体包括:接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。具体的确定过程前述步骤304b类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤304b的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Optionally, the foregoing step 304 specifically includes: the access network device determining the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position. The specific determination process is similar to the aforementioned step 304b, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the aforementioned step 304b, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,图3所示的实施例还包括步骤303b。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 further includes step 303b.
303b、终端设备向接入网设备发送第一信息。相应的,接入网设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。303b. The terminal device sends the first information to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
第一信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙。M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The first information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal equipment. M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
可选的,M的取值可以为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值可以为1、2、3、或4。Optionally, the value of M may be 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N may be 1, 2, 3, or 4.
需要说明的是,在通信协议中,M的取值可以为上述7、14、28、42、56中的至少一个。N的取值可以为上述1、2、3、4中的至少一个。例如,M的取值为{7,14,28,42}。N的取值为{1,2,3}。或者,M的取值为{7,14,28,42,56},N的取值为{1,2,3,4}。It should be noted that, in the communication protocol, the value of M may be at least one of the above 7, 14, 28, 42, and 56. The value of N can be at least one of the above 1, 2, 3, 4. For example, the value of M is {7, 14, 28, 42}. The value of N is {1,2,3}. Alternatively, the value of M is {7, 14, 28, 42, 56}, and the value of N is {1, 2, 3, 4}.
需要说明的是,M和N也可以为其他取值,具体本申请不做限定。例如,M的取值可以为10,15,30,或70等,N的取值可以为5,6,或7等。It should be noted that M and N may also take other values, which are not limited in this application. For example, the value of M can be 10, 15, 30, or 70, etc., and the value of N can be 5, 6, or 7, etc.
需要说明的是,本实施例不限定PDCCH中的CP的类型,具体本申请不做限定。例如,正常循环前缀(normal CP)或者扩展循环前缀(extended CP)。It should be noted that, this embodiment does not limit the type of the CP in the PDCCH, and this application does not specifically limit it. For example, normal cyclic prefix (normal CP) or extended cyclic prefix (extended CP).
需要说明的是,上述是以M个时域符号或N个时隙为时间单位介绍在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要的时间,实际应用中,本申请的技术方案并不限定采用的时间单位。例如,还可以采用子帧、或分钟等时间单位。It should be noted that the time unit required by the terminal device after the PDCCH of the terminal device is described above using M time domain symbols or N time slots as the time unit. In practical applications, the technical solution of this application does not limit the time unit used . For example, time units such as subframes or minutes may also be used.
可选的,M个时域符号或N个时隙用于终端设备解析PDCCH中承载的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)以及确定在某个时域符号上终端设备的行为的时间等。M的取值与终端设备的解析和处理能力相关。Optionally, the M time domain symbols or N time slots are used for the terminal device to parse the downlink control information (DCI) carried in the PDCCH and determine the time for the behavior of the terminal device on a certain time domain symbol. The value of M is related to the analysis and processing capabilities of the terminal equipment.
例如,终端设备解析DCI,并确定第X个时域符号上有PDSCH。终端设备需要确定第X+1个时域符号上是否有PRS,并结合终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级和终端设备的数据业务的优先级确定终端设备在第X+1个时域符号上执行的业务。终端设备确定第X个时域符号上的行为所需的时间应当在第X个时域符号之前,也就是说上述M个时域符号或N个时隙应当包括该终端设备解析PDCCH中承载的DCI以及终端设备确定在某个时域符号上终端设备的行为的时间,以便于终端设备在第X个时域符号能够选择优先级较高的业务进行处理,从而保障终端设备的业务优先级。For example, the terminal device parses the DCI and determines that there is a PDSCH on the Xth time domain symbol. The terminal device needs to determine whether there is a PRS on the X+1th time domain symbol, and determine whether the terminal device is on the X+1th time domain symbol in combination with the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device and the priority of the data service of the terminal device performed business. The time required for the terminal device to determine the behavior on the X-th time-domain symbol should be before the X-th time-domain symbol, that is to say, the above-mentioned M time-domain symbols or N time slots should include the time for the terminal device to resolve the information carried in the PDCCH The DCI and the terminal device determine the time of the terminal device's behavior on a certain time domain symbol, so that the terminal device can select a service with a higher priority for processing at the Xth time domain symbol, thereby ensuring the service priority of the terminal device.
需要说明的是,可选的,当M或N等于0时,代表终端设备支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,也就是终端设备可以同时接收数据和PRS,无需接入网设备提前调度PDCCH。例如,在低频场景下,终端设备可以同时接收数据和PRS。当M或N大于0时,终端设备不支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,也就是终端设备无法同时接收数据和PRS。例如,终端设备在高频场景下,终端设备通过同一波束无法同时接收数据和PRS。It should be noted that, optionally, when M or N is equal to 0, it means that the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device can receive data and PRS at the same time, without requiring the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in advance. For example, in a low-frequency scenario, a terminal device can receive data and PRS at the same time. When M or N is greater than 0, the terminal device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device cannot receive data and PRS at the same time. For example, when a terminal device is in a high-frequency scenario, the terminal device cannot receive data and PRS at the same time through the same beam.
需要说明的是,上述步骤303b仅仅是一种示例方式。实际应用中,终端设备也可以在能力信息中携带该第一信息,并上报给接入网设备,也就是第一信息属于终端设备的一种能力信息。或者,第一信息中的M或N的取值也可以是通信协议预定义的或预配置的,具 体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that the above step 303b is only an exemplary manner. In practical applications, the terminal device may also carry the first information in the capability information and report it to the access network device, that is, the first information belongs to a kind of capability information of the terminal device. Alternatively, the value of M or N in the first information may also be predefined or preconfigured by the communication protocol, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,终端设备还可以向定位管理设备发送该第一信息。Optionally, the terminal device may also send the first information to the location management device.
在该实现方式中,可选的,第一信息包含于能力信息中。也就是终端设备可以通过上述步骤302向定位管理设备发送该第一信息。In this implementation manner, optionally, the first information is included in the capability information. That is, the terminal device may send the first information to the location management device through the above step 302 .
可选的,定位管理设备可以向接入网设备发送该第一信息。Optionally, the location management device may send the first information to the access network device.
步骤303b与步骤302至步骤304之间没有固定的执行顺序,可以先执行步骤303b,再执行步骤302至步骤304;或者,先执行步骤302至步骤304,再执行步骤303b;或者,依据情况同时执行步骤303b与步骤302至步骤304。There is no fixed order of execution between step 303b and steps 302 to 304, step 303b can be executed first, and then step 302 to step 304; or, step 302 to step 304 is executed first, and then step 303b is executed; or, depending on the situation, at the same time Execute step 303b and step 302 to step 304.
可选的,图3所示的实施例还包括步骤305,步骤305可以在步骤304之后执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 further includes step 305, and step 305 may be performed after step 304.
305、接入网设备相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度终端设备的PDCCH。305. The access network device schedules the PDCCH of the terminal device in advance of M time domain symbols or N time slots relative to the third initial time domain position.
第三起始时域位置为接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置,第三起始时域位置落在第八时域位置上。The third initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS to the terminal device, and the third initial time domain position falls on the eighth time domain position.
例如,如图6所示,第八时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,第三起始时域位置落在非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置上。接入网设备相对于该第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度终端设备的PDCCH。For example, as shown in Figure 6, the eighth time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the third initial time domain position falls in the time domain position of the non-serving cell 1. In the time domain position occupied by the PRS. The access network device schedules the PDCCH of the terminal device M time domain symbols or N time slots ahead of the third initial time domain position.
可选的,图3所示的实施例还包括步骤306和步骤307。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 further includes step 306 and step 307 .
306、终端设备确定第一时域位置。306. The terminal device determines a first time domain position.
可选的,终端设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一时域位置。Optionally, the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell.
参考小区为服务小区或终端设备的一个非服务小区。The reference cell is the serving cell or a non-serving cell of the terminal device.
下面介绍终端设备确定第一时域位置的几种可能的实现方式。Several possible implementation manners for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position are introduced below.
下面结合步骤5a至步骤5d介绍实现方式1。 Implementation mode 1 is introduced below in combination with steps 5a to 5d.
步骤5a、终端设备确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;Step 5a, the terminal device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
步骤5b、终端设备设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;Step 5b: The terminal device determines the location of the PRS mapped on the serving cell according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell. second time domain position;
步骤5c、接入网设备根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置;Step 5c, the access network device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell;
步骤5d、接入网设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第八时域位置。Step 5d, the access network device takes the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
步骤5a至步骤5d与前述步骤1a至步骤1d类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤1a至步骤1d的相关介绍。Steps 5a to 5d are similar to the aforementioned steps 1a to 1d, for details, please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned steps 1a to 1d.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置与第八时域位置相同。In this implementation, the first time domain location is the same as the eighth time domain location.
对于服务小区与第一非服务小区不同步的情况,可选的,上述实现方式1还包括步骤 5e至步骤5f。For the case where the serving cell is not synchronized with the first non-serving cell, optionally, the above implementation 1 further includes steps 5e to 5f.
步骤5e、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的第五时域位置;Step 5e, the access network device determines the fifth time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
步骤5f、接入网设备根据第五时域位置和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;Step 5f, the access network device determines the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the fifth time domain position and the uncertainty of the serving cell;
上述步骤5e至步骤5f与前述步骤1e和步骤1f类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤1e和步骤1f的相关介绍。The above step 5e to step 5f are similar to the above step 1e and step 1f, for details, please refer to the related introduction of the above step 1e and step 1f.
基于此,可选的,上述步骤5d具体包括:Based on this, optionally, the above step 5d specifically includes:
终端设备设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第一时域位置,包括:The terminal device takes the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position, including:
终端设备将第二时域位置、第三时域位置、第四时域位置、第五时域位置、第六时域位置和第七时域位置作为第一时域位置。The terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position, and the seventh time domain position as the first time domain position.
步骤5d的相关示例可以参阅前述步骤1d的相关示例介绍,这里不再赘述。For related examples of step 5d, reference may be made to the introduction of related examples of step 1d above, which will not be repeated here.
下面结合步骤6a至步骤6d介绍实现方式2。 Implementation mode 2 is described below in conjunction with steps 6a to 6d.
步骤6a、接入网设备确定第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限;Step 6a, the access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
步骤6b、接入网设备根据服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定第一非服务小区的PRS在服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;Step 6b: The access network device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, where the PRS of the first non-serving cell is mapped on the serving cell The second time domain position of ;
步骤6c、若第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于CP的长度,则终端设备将第二时域位置作为该第一时域位置。Step 6c. If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, the terminal device takes the second time domain position as the first time domain position.
步骤6d、若第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差大于CP的长度,则终端设备根据第二时域位置和第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,并第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为第一时域位置。Step 6d: If the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, the terminal device determines the third time-domain position according to the second time-domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell and the fourth time domain position, and the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position are used as the first time domain position.
步骤6a至步骤6d与前述步骤2a至步骤2d类似,具体请参阅前述步骤2a至步骤2d的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Steps 6a to 6d are similar to the aforementioned steps 2a to 2d. For details, please refer to the relevant introductions of the aforementioned steps 2a to 2d, and will not be repeated here.
307、终端设备确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。307. The terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position.
可选的,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则终端设备在第一时域位置上接收PRS,在第一时域位置上不接收来自接入网设备的数据;或者,Optionally, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the terminal device receives the PRS at the first time domain position, and does not receive the PRS from the access network device data; or,
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,且终端设备的PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS落在第一时域位置上,PDCCH的起始时域位置与PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备忽略或不处理PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS,终端设备在第一时域位置上执行PRS的测量,M为大于或等于0的整数,PDCCH用于确定PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, and the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS of the terminal device falls on the first time domain position, the starting time domain position of the PDCCH is the same as that of the PDSCH or the time interval between the initial time domain positions of AP-CSI-RS is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS, and the terminal device at the first PRS measurement is performed at the domain position, M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the PDCCH is used to determine the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS.
对于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级的情况,终端设备将在PPW内PRS占用的时域符号上丢弃数据。对于调度限制要求,除了服务小区的 PRS占用的时域符号之外,终端设备也不希望在非服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的时域符号上接收数据。当然该非服务小区的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,否则终端设备不需要测量该非服务小区的PRS,不需要进行数据调度限制。In the case that the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data service of the terminal device, the terminal device will discard data on the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS in the PPW. For scheduling restriction requirements, in addition to the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, the terminal device does not want to receive data on the time domain symbols mapped from the PRS of the non-serving cell to the serving cell. Of course, the receiving time difference of the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, otherwise the terminal device does not need to measure the PRS of the non-serving cell, and does not need to perform data scheduling restrictions.
非服务小区的PRS映射到服务小区的时域符号,应考虑结合非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间信息确定。这意味着非服务小区的PRS可以映射到服务小区的时域符号中间的某个地方。时域符号L表示最接近非服务小区的PRS对应的预期参考信号时间差信息对应的时域位置的时域符号的索引。N表示非服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号数。The PRS of the non-serving cell is mapped to the time-domain symbol of the serving cell, which should be determined in combination with the expected reference signal arrival time information of the non-serving cell. This means that the PRS of the non-serving cell can be mapped somewhere in the middle of the time-domain symbols of the serving cell. The time domain symbol L represents the index of the time domain symbol closest to the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal time difference information corresponding to the PRS of the non-serving cell. N represents the number of symbols in the time domain occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
如果非服务小区的接收时间差小于或等于CP的长度,且非服务小区的PRS在时域符号L-1上占用的时域位置小于CP,则接入网设备不需要对时域符号L-1进行数据调度限制。但是接入网设备需要在时域符号L至时域符号L+N-1上进行数据调度限制。If the reception time difference of the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the length of the CP, and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell on the time domain symbol L-1 is smaller than that of the CP, the access network device does not need to Perform data scheduling constraints. However, the access network device needs to perform data scheduling restrictions on the time-domain symbol L to the time-domain symbol L+N-1.
如果非服务小区的接收时间差大于CP的长度,除了时域符号L至时域符号L+N-1之外,时域符号L-1和时域符号L+N也可能具有数据调度限制,具体应当结合非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息定义的半搜索窗确定。If the reception time difference of the non-serving cell is greater than the length of the CP, in addition to the time domain symbol L to the time domain symbol L+N-1, the time domain symbol L-1 and the time domain symbol L+N may also have data scheduling restrictions, specifically It should be determined in combination with the half search window defined by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell.
对于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级的情况,终端设备不希望在服务小区的PPW期间对与数据重叠的PRS时域符号上进行PRS定位测量。For the situation that the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the terminal device does not want to perform PRS positioning measurement on the PRS time domain symbol overlapping with the data during the PPW of the serving cell.
因此,原则上不应该因为PRS测量优先级较低而有任何调度限制。需要考虑的是,终端设备如何确定PPW期间或PRS时域符号上存在数据(下行信号或信道)。对于配置信息,例如,搜索空间、P-CSI-RS、AP-CSI-RS,不应该存在模糊性。终端设备应当清楚哪些时域符号上将用于数据传输,而不是用于PRS定位测量。Therefore, in principle there should not be any scheduling constraints due to the low priority of PRS measurements. What needs to be considered is how the terminal device determines that there is data (downlink signal or channel) during the PPW period or on the PRS time domain symbols. There should be no ambiguity regarding configuration information, eg search space, P-CSI-RS, AP-CSI-RS. The terminal equipment should know which time-domain symbols will be used for data transmission, but not for PRS positioning measurement.
对于终端设备的动态调度接收,例如,由DCI调度的PDSCH,终端设备只有在DCI解码之后才知道接收PDSCH。如果PDCCH(承载DCI)所在的起始时域位置与PDSCH所在的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔太接近,则终端设备无法执行PDSCH的接收,因为终端设备在相应的时域符号上进行了PRS定位测量。如果接入网设备发送PDSCH与服务小区或非服务小区的PRS重叠,且PDCCH的起始时域位置晚于PDSCH的起始时域位置M个时域符号或N个时隙,则仍然可能存在调度限制。例如,如图6所示,PDCCH所在的起始时域位置在PDSCH所在的起始时域位置之前的M个时域符号或N个时隙,则接入网设备在第八时域位置上仍然存在数据调度限制。For dynamically scheduled reception of a terminal device, eg, PDSCH scheduled by DCI, the terminal device knows to receive the PDSCH only after DCI decoding. If the time interval between the starting time domain position where the PDCCH (carrying DCI) is located and the starting time domain position where the PDSCH is located is too close, the terminal device cannot perform the reception of the PDSCH because the terminal device performs the reception on the corresponding time domain symbol. PRS positioning measurement. If the PDSCH sent by the access network device overlaps with the PRS of the serving cell or non-serving cell, and the start time domain position of the PDCCH is M time domain symbols or N time slots later than the start time domain position of the PDSCH, there may still be Scheduling constraints. For example, as shown in Figure 6, the initial time domain position where the PDCCH is located is M time domain symbols or N time slots before the initial time domain position where the PDSCH is located, then the access network device is at the eighth time domain position There are still data scheduling limitations.
在PPW中,PRS占用的时域符号中调度的PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS对应的DCI应当在该PDSCH或AP-CSI-RS所在的起始时域位置之前的M个时域符号或N个时隙发送。如果终端设备没有接收到该DCI,且PRS占用的时域符号上没有配置数据,终端设备将接收PRS,并进行PRS测量。这意味着在M个时域符号或N个时隙之后,由DCI调度的数据(该数据占用的时域位置与PRS占用的时域位置重叠)将被限制。PRS占用的时域符号包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域符号。In PPW, the DCI corresponding to the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS scheduled in the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS should be M time domain symbols or N time domain symbols before the initial time domain position where the PDSCH or AP-CSI-RS is located time slot transmission. If the terminal device does not receive the DCI and there is no configuration data on the time domain symbol occupied by the PRS, the terminal device will receive the PRS and perform PRS measurement. This means that after M time domain symbols or N time slots, the data scheduled by the DCI (the time domain position occupied by the data overlaps with the time domain position occupied by the PRS) will be restricted. The time domain symbols occupied by the PRS include the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain symbols occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
可选的,图3所示的实施例还包括步骤308。步骤308可以在步骤304之后执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 further includes step 308 . Step 308 may be performed after step 304 .
308、接入网设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息。308. The access network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the access network device.
第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优 先存储终端设备的数据,R为大于0的整数。终端设备的数据包括以下至少一项:PDCCH、PDSCH、AP-CSI-RS。那么终端设备可以在该R个时域符号内优先处理第一指示信息指示的业务。The first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is an integer greater than 0. The data of the terminal equipment includes at least one of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and AP-CSI-RS. Then the terminal device may preferentially process the service indicated by the first indication information within the R time domain symbols.
例如,如图6所示,终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号用于终端设备解析PDCCH承载的DCI等,这里M为大于0的整数。终端设备的数据占用该M个时域符号。例如,终端设备的URLLC data或增强移动带宽数据(enhanced mobile broadband data,EMBB data)。该M个时域符号也是非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置,也就是说该M个时域符号是终端设备的数据占用的时域位置与该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的重叠部分。若终端设备的数据业务的优先级高于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级(例如,终端设备的URLLC data或EMBB data的优先级高于PRS的优先级),则接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号内终端设备优先处理终端设备的数据业务,那么终端设备在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号内优先级处理数据业务。若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级(例如,PRS的优先级高于终端设备的URLLC data或EMBB data的优先级),则接入网设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号内终端设备优先处理终端设备的定位测量业务,那么终端设备在终端设备的PDCCH之后的M个时域符号内优先级处理定位测量业务。从而实现接入网设备根据数据业务的重要性,对终端设备的行为进行约束,防止因为未提前感知数据业务而指示终端设备优先处理定位测量业务。For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , M time-domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device are used for the terminal device to parse DCI carried by the PDCCH, etc., where M is an integer greater than 0. The data of the terminal equipment occupies the M time-domain symbols. For example, URLLC data or enhanced mobile broadband data (enhanced mobile broadband data, EMBB data) of the terminal device. The M time domain symbols are also the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, that is to say, the M time domain symbols are the difference between the time domain position occupied by the data of the terminal device and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell Overlap. If the priority of the data service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the location measurement service of the terminal device (for example, the priority of the URLLC data or EMBB data of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the PRS), the access network device can send the terminal The device sends the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device preferentially processes the data service of the terminal device within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, then the terminal device processes the data service of the terminal device within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device Data traffic is prioritized within time domain symbols. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device (for example, the priority of PRS is higher than the priority of URLLC data or EMBB data of the terminal device), the access network device sends the terminal device Sending first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment preferentially processes the positioning and measurement service of the terminal equipment within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal equipment, then the terminal equipment is within M time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal equipment Priority processing of positioning measurement services within time domain symbols. In this way, the access network device restricts the behavior of the terminal device according to the importance of the data service, and prevents the terminal device from instructing the terminal device to process the positioning measurement service first because the data service is not perceived in advance.
需要说明的是,可选的,上述步骤308可以在步骤303b至步骤305的基础上执行,也可以不在步骤303b至步骤305的基础上执行,也就是在步骤304之后直接执行步骤308,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that, optionally, the above step 308 may be executed on the basis of steps 303b to 305, or may not be executed on the basis of steps 303b to 305, that is, step 308 is directly executed after step 304. Applications are not limited.
本申请实施例中,终端设备确定能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,该接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;然后,终端设备发送该能力信息。由此可知,终端设备可以发送能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差。从而便于接入网设备可以基于该能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, where the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell; then, the terminal device sends the capability information. It can be seen that the terminal device can send capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the terminal The maximum receive time difference supported by the device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
图7为本申请实施例通信方法的另一个实施例示意图。请参阅图7,方法包括:FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. See Figure 7, methods include:
701、接入网设备确定第八时域位置。701. The access network device determines an eighth time domain position.
步骤701与前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤304a类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤304a的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Step 701 is similar to step 304a in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , for details, please refer to the related introduction of aforementioned step 304a , which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在图7所示的实施例中,接入网设备基于期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置。该期望接收时间差门限可以是通信标准定义的,或者是预配置的,具体本申 请不做限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , the access network device determines the eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold. The expected receiving time difference threshold may be defined by the communication standard or pre-configured, which is not limited in this application.
可选的,图7所示的实施例还包括步骤701a。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 further includes step 701a.
701a、接入网设备获取非服务小区的定位辅助信息。701a. The access network device acquires the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell.
步骤701a与前述图3所示的实施例中步骤303a类似,具体请参阅前述图3所示的实施例中步骤303a的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Step 701a is similar to step 303a in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . For details, please refer to the related introduction of step 303a in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated here.
可选的,图7所示的实施例还包括步骤701b。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 further includes step 701b.
701b、终端设备向接入网设备发送第一信息。相应的,接入网设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。701b. The terminal device sends the first information to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
步骤701b与前述图3所示的实施例中步骤303b类似,具体请参阅前述图3所示的实施例中步骤303b的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Step 701b is similar to step 303b in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . For details, please refer to the related introduction of step 303b in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated here.
702、接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。702. The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
步骤702与前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤304b类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤304b的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Step 702 is similar to step 304b in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , for details, please refer to the related introduction of aforementioned step 304b , which will not be repeated here.
可选的,图7所示的实施例还包括步骤703a,步骤703a可以在步骤702之后执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 further includes step 703a, and step 703a may be performed after step 702.
703a、接入网设备相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度终端设备的PDCCH。703a. The access network device schedules the PDCCH of the terminal device in advance of M time domain symbols or N time slots relative to the third initial time domain position.
步骤703a与前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤305类似,具体可以参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤305的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Step 703a is similar to step 305 in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . For details, please refer to the related introduction of step 305 in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated here.
703、终端设备确定第一时域位置。703. The terminal device determines a first time domain position.
704、终端设备确定在第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。704. The terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position.
步骤703至步骤704与前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤306和步骤307类似,具体可以参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤306和步骤307的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Steps 703 to 704 are similar to steps 306 and 307 in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . For details, please refer to the related introduction of steps 306 and 307 in the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated here.
可选的,图7还包括步骤705。步骤705可以在步骤702之后执行。Optionally, FIG. 7 further includes step 705. Step 705 may be performed after step 702 .
705、接入网设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息。705. The access network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the access network device.
步骤705与前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤308类似,具体可以参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤308的相关介绍。Step 705 is similar to step 308 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and for details, refer to the related introduction of step 308 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
本申请实施例中,接入网设备确定第八时域位置,接入网设备确定在第八时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制,从而接入网设备确定哪些时域位置具有数据调度限制,有利于接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the access network device determines the eighth time domain position, and the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position, so that the access network device determines which time domain positions have data scheduling restrictions , which is beneficial for the access network equipment to reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment, and improve data scheduling performance.
在介绍图8和图12所示的实施例之前,需要说明的是,本申请中,不同实施例中相同名称的技术特征可能有不同的含义,具体应当结合该技术特征具体所在的实施例进行理解。当然,不同实施例之间不矛盾或逻辑上没有冲突的技术方案之间是可以相互结合的。Before introducing the embodiments shown in Fig. 8 and Fig. 12, it should be noted that in this application, technical features with the same names in different embodiments may have different meanings, and the details should be combined with the specific embodiment where the technical features are located. understand. Of course, technical solutions that do not conflict or logically conflict between different embodiments can be combined with each other.
图8和图12所示的实施例中接收时间差的定义方式与前述图3和图7所示的实施例中对接收时间差的定义方式不同,本文中接收时间差的定义方式仅仅是一种示例,并不属于对本申请的限定。另外,图8和图12所示的实施例中接入网设备或终端设备确定具有数据调度限制的时域位置的方式不同,本文中示出的确定方式仅仅是一些示例,并不属于对本 申请的限定。The definition of the receiving time difference in the embodiment shown in Figure 8 and Figure 12 is different from the definition of the receiving time difference in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 and Figure 7 above, the definition of the receiving time difference in this paper is just an example, It does not belong to the limitation of this application. In addition, in the embodiments shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 , the access network devices or terminal devices determine the time-domain location with data scheduling restrictions in different ways. The determination methods shown in this document are just some examples and do not belong to the limit.
需要说明的是,在图8和图12所示的实施例中,小区的PRS占用的时域位置是估计的该小区的PRS可能落在的一个时域范围,具体包括该小区的PRS持续的时域符号以及该小区的PRS所在的搜索窗所在的时域位置。小区的PRS占用的时域位置是根据该小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和该小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。It should be noted that, in the embodiments shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 , the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the cell is an estimated time domain range where the PRS of the cell may fall, specifically including the duration of the PRS of the cell. The time domain symbol and the time domain position of the search window where the PRS of the cell is located. The time domain position occupied by the PRS of the cell is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the cell.
图8为本申请实施例通信方法的一个实施例示意图。请参阅图8,通信方法包括:FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to Figure 8, communication methods include:
801、终端设备确定终端设备的能力信息。801. The terminal device determines capability information of the terminal device.
其中,能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限。Wherein, the capability information includes at least one of the following items: scheduling restriction information, expected receiving time difference threshold.
期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,该接收时间差为终端设备接收来自服务小区的PRS的时间与终端设备接收来自非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差。期望接收时间差门限与终端设备的能力相关。The expected receiving time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, and the receiving time difference is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell. The expected receiving time difference threshold is related to the capability of the terminal equipment.
期望接收时间差门限的长度的相关介绍可以参阅前述图3所示的实施例中步骤301中的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。For the relevant introduction of the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold, refer to the relevant introduction in step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , and details will not be repeated here.
上述步骤801中示出了终端设备以能力信息的方式向接入网设备上报期望接收时间差门限。实际应用中,该期望接收时间差门限也可以是通信协议定义的,或者预配置的,具体本申请不做限定。The above step 801 shows that the terminal device reports the expected receiving time difference threshold to the access network device in the form of capability information. In practical applications, the expected receiving time difference threshold may also be defined by a communication protocol, or pre-configured, which is not specifically limited in this application.
可选的,接收时间差为第一起始时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差。Optionally, the receiving time difference is a time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position.
其中,第一起始时域位置为服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域符号。第二起始时域位置为非服务小区的PRS占用的起始子帧的起始时域位置。Wherein, the first starting time domain position is the starting time domain symbol of the starting subframe occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The second starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the starting subframe occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
第一起始时域位置是根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差和/或服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。第二起始时域位置是根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和/或非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The first starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. The second starting time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and/or the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
下面示出第一起始时域位置和第二起始时域位置的几种可能的实现方式。Several possible implementations of the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position are shown below.
1、第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置上。1. The first initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图2所示,第一起始时域位置是服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的时域位置e。对于非服务小区1来说,第二起始时域位置为非服务小区1的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的时域位置b。因此,对于非服务小区1来说,接收时间差等于e-b。对于非服务小区2来说,第二起始时域位置为非服务小区2的预期参考信号到达时间差指示的时域位置。因此,对于非服务小区2来说,接收时间差等于e-h。For example, as shown in FIG. 2 , the first initial time domain position is the time domain position e indicated by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. For the non-serving cell 1, the second starting time-domain position is the time-domain position b indicated by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 . Therefore, for non-serving cell 1, the reception time difference is equal to e-b. For the non-serving cell 2, the second initial time-domain position is the time-domain position indicated by the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the non-serving cell 2. Therefore, for the non-serving cell 2, the reception time difference is equal to e-h.
2、第一起始时域位置位于服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二起始时域位置位于非服务小区对应的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻。2. The first initial time domain position is located at the time corresponding to the first time length before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second initial time domain position is located at the expected reference signal arrival time corresponding to the non-serving cell The moment corresponding to the second previous duration of the time domain position corresponding to the time difference information.
其中,第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。Wherein, the first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell. The second duration is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell with uncertainty.
例如,如图2所示,服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的半搜 索窗的长度为e-d,也就是第一时长为e-d。对于非服务小区1来说,非服务小区1的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的半搜索窗的长度为b-a,也就是第二时长为b-a。因此,第一起始时域位置为d,对于第二非服务小区1来说,第二起始时域位置为a,接收时间差为d-a。对于非服务小区2来说,非服务小区2的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的半搜索窗的长度为h-g,也就是第二时长为h-g。第二起始时域位置为g,接收时间差为g-d。For example, as shown in Figure 2, the length of the half search window indicated by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell is e-d, that is, the first duration is e-d. For the non-serving cell 1, the length of the half search window indicated by the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 is b-a, that is, the second duration is b-a. Therefore, the first initial time domain position is d, for the second non-serving cell 1, the second initial time domain position is a, and the receiving time difference is d-a. For the non-serving cell 2, the length of the half search window indicated by the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 2 is h-g, that is, the second duration is h-g. The second starting time domain position is g, and the receiving time difference is g-d.
3、第一起始时域位置位于第一时刻,第二起始时域位置位于第二时刻。3. The first initial time domain position is located at the first moment, and the second initial time domain position is located at the second moment.
若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之前,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置后第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时刻。若非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置在服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息所对应的时域位置之后,第一时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置前第一时长所对应的时刻,第二时刻为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时刻。If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first duration after the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second duration before the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. If the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell is after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, the first moment is the time corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time corresponding to the first duration before the domain position, and the second time is the time corresponding to the second duration after the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell.
第一时长是根据服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。第二时长是根据非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。The first duration is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell. The second duration is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell with uncertainty.
例如,如图2所示,服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的半搜索窗的长度为e-f,也就是第一时长为e-f。对于非服务小区1来说,非服务小区1的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的半搜索窗的长度为b-a或b-c,也就是第二时长为b-a。因此,第一起始时域位置为f,对于第二非服务小区1来说,第二起始时域位置为a,接收时间差为f-a。对于非服务小区2来说,非服务小区2的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息指示的半搜索窗的长度为h-i,也就是第二时长为h-i。第二起始时域位置为i,接收时间差为f-i。For example, as shown in FIG. 2 , the length of the half search window indicated by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell is e-f, that is, the first duration is e-f. For the non-serving cell 1, the length of the half search window indicated by the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 is b-a or b-c, that is, the second duration is b-a. Therefore, the first initial time domain position is f, for the second non-serving cell 1, the second initial time domain position is a, and the receiving time difference is f-a. For the non-serving cell 2, the length of the half search window indicated by the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 2 is h-i, that is, the second duration is h-i. The second starting time domain position is i, and the receiving time difference is f-i.
上述是以第一起始时域位置和第二起始时域位置描述该接收时间差。下面采用另外一种描述方式介绍该接收时间差。The reception time difference is described above using the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position. The reception time difference will be introduced below in another description manner.
可选的,接收时间差是T1时刻和T2时刻之间的时间差,T1时刻是服务小区的PRS的搜索窗与非服务小区的PRS的搜索窗中在前的搜索窗中的起始时域位置,T2时刻是服务小区的PRS的搜索窗与非服务小区的PRS的搜索窗中在后的搜索窗中的结束时域位置。Optionally, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the time T1 and the time T2, and the time T1 is the initial time domain position in the previous search window in the search window of the PRS of the serving cell and the search window of the PRS of the non-serving cell, Time T2 is the end time domain position in the subsequent search window of the PRS search window of the serving cell and the PRS search window of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图2所示,对于非服务小区1和服务小区,T1时刻为非服务小区1的搜索窗的起始时域位置a,T2时刻为服务小区的搜索窗的结束时域位置f。因此,对于非服务小区1来说,接收时间差为a-f。For example, as shown in FIG. 2, for the non-serving cell 1 and the serving cell, time T1 is the start time domain position a of the search window of the non-serving cell 1, and time T2 is the end time domain position f of the search window of the serving cell. Therefore, for non-serving cell 1, the reception time difference is a-f.
调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制。The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device.
可选的,终端设备根据终端设备的并发能力确定调度限制信息。该并发能力是指终端设备是否支持在没有MG的情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务的并发。Optionally, the terminal device determines the scheduling restriction information according to the concurrency capability of the terminal device. The concurrency capability refers to whether the terminal device supports concurrency of data services and positioning measurement services of the terminal device without an MG.
具体的,若终端设备支持在没有MG的情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务并发,则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。若终端设备不支持在没有MG的 情况下终端设备的数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。Specifically, if the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services of the terminal device without an MG, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction. If the terminal equipment does not support concurrency of data services and positioning measurement services of the terminal equipment in the absence of an MG, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment has data scheduling restrictions.
例如,在低频场景下,终端设备支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,即终端设备能够同时接收数据和PRS,则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。在高频场景下,终端设备不支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,即终端设备无法通过同一波束接收数据和PRS,则调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, in a low-frequency scenario, the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device can receive data and PRS at the same time, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restrictions. In a high-frequency scenario, the terminal device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device cannot receive data and PRS through the same beam, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
下面介绍调度限制信息指示终端设备的数据调度限制的几种可能方式。Several possible ways in which the scheduling restriction information indicates the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device are introduced below.
1、调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。1. The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restrictions.
例如,调度限制信息的取值为“0”时,用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。调度限制信息的取值为“1”时,用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。或者,调度限制信息的取值为“1”时,用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。调度限制信息的取值为“0”时,用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, when the value of the scheduling restriction information is "0", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction. When the value of the scheduling restriction information is "1", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction. Alternatively, when the value of the scheduling restriction information is "1", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction. When the value of the scheduling restriction information is "0", it is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction.
可选的,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制,下面介绍调度限制信息的一些其他指示功能。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions, and some other indication functions of the scheduling restriction information are introduced below.
一种可能的实现方式中,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。该第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。In a possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell. The terminal device at the first time domain location has data scheduling restrictions.
可选的,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。关于第一信息请参阅后文相关介绍。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the first information. For the first information, please refer to the related introduction below.
在该实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
可选的,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。具体的确定方式请参阅后文的相关介绍。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold. For the specific determination method, please refer to the related introduction later.
在该实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
可选的,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。具体的确定方式请参阅后文的相关介绍。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the service The first time-domain position is determined from the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the cell. For the specific determination method, please refer to the related introduction later.
在该实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
可选的,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。关于第一信息请参阅后文的相关介绍。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the serving cell, the service The expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the cell and the first information determine the first time domain position. For the first information, please refer to the related introduction below.
可选的,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。具体的确定方式请参阅后文的相关介绍。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the serving cell, the service The first time-domain position is determined by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected reception time difference threshold of the uncertainty of the cell. For the specific determination method, please refer to the related introduction later.
在该实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
2、调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。2. The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
例如,该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制。或者,该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上没有数据调度限制。For example, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position. Alternatively, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
一种可能的实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。可选的,该第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In a possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell. Optionally, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图9A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。可选的,该第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . Optionally, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图9B所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置中包括重叠时域位置,该重叠时域位置为非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用时域位置之间的重叠时域位置。可选的,该第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9B , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . The time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 includes an overlapping time domain position, and the overlapping time domain position is the overlapping time between the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell domain location. Optionally, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。可选的,该第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In another possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. Optionally, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图11A所示,非服务小区1对应的接收时间差(即非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差)小于或等于该期望接收时间差门限。非服务小区3对应的接收时间差大于该期望接收时间差门限。因此,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in Figure 11A, the receiving time difference corresponding to non-serving cell 1 (that is, the time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position corresponding to non-serving cell 1) is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. The receiving time difference corresponding to the non-serving cell 3 is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the first time domain location includes the time domain location occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 .
需要说明的是,非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置连续或不连续,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell is continuous or discontinuous with the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, which is not limited in this application.
例如,如图9A所示,非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不连续。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 is not continuous with the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图9C所示,非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置连续,而非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不连续。For example, as shown in Figure 9C, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 is continuous with the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, while the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 is the same as the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. Time domain positions are discontinuous.
可选的,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前的N1个时域符号,和/或,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后的N2个时域符号。Optionally, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and/or, N2 time domain symbols after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell domain symbol.
服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置包括服务小区的PRS的持续时域符号以及该服务小区的PRS对应的两个半搜索窗占用的时域位置。The time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell includes the continuous time domain symbol of the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain positions occupied by the two half search windows corresponding to the PRS of the serving cell.
该N个时域符号是位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前,终端设备的非服务 小区的PRS占用的时域位置。该N2个时域符号是位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后,终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。N1和N2为大于或等于0的整数。The N time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device before the initial time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The N2 time-domain symbols are the time-domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device after the end time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. N1 and N2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
需要说明的是,当N1和N2都等于0时,调度限制信息用于指示该终端设备没有数据调度限制。当N1大于0,N2等于0时,调度限制信息用于指示该终端设备在该N1个时域符号上有数据调度限制。当该N1等于0,N2大于0时,调度限制信息用于指示该终端设备在该N2个时域符号上有数据调度限制。当该N1和N2均大于0时,调度限制信息用于指示该终端设备在该N1个时域符号和该N2个时域符号上有数据调度限制。It should be noted that when both N1 and N2 are equal to 0, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction. When N1 is greater than 0 and N2 is equal to 0, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the N1 time domain symbols. When N1 is equal to 0 and N2 is greater than 0, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the N2 time domain symbols. When both N1 and N2 are greater than 0, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the N1 time domain symbols and the N2 time domain symbols.
需要说明的是,位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的时长可以是时长1。位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的时长可以是时长2。时长1和时长2的单位可以是秒、毫秒、或者时域符,具体本申请不做限定。上述以位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置为N1个时域符号,位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置为N2个时域符号为例介绍本申请的技术方案。It should be noted that the duration of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell before the initial time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell may be duration 1. The duration of the time domain position of the PRS occupation of the non-serving cell after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell may be duration 2 . Units of duration 1 and duration 2 may be seconds, milliseconds, or time domain symbols, which are not limited in this application. In the above, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell before the starting time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell is N1 time domain symbols, and the time domain position of the non-serving cell located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell is The time domain positions occupied by the PRS are N2 time domain symbols as an example to introduce the technical solution of the present application.
例如,如图9A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。该N1个时域符号为该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置,该N2个时域符号为该非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . The N1 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1, and the N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2.
例如,如图9B所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置中除重叠时域位置之外的时域位置以及非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。该N1个时域符号为该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置中除重叠时域位置之外的时域位置,该N2个时域符号为该非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9B , the first time domain position includes time domain positions other than overlapping time domain positions among the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . The N1 time domain symbols are time domain positions other than overlapping time domain positions among the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1, and the N2 time domain symbols are the time domain occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 Location.
例如,如图9D所示,该第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前的N1个时域符号,该N1个时域符号为非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9D, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the start time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the N1 time domain symbols are occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1. time domain location.
例如,如图9E所示,该第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后的N2个时域符号,该N2个时域符号为该非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9E, the first time domain position includes N2 time domain symbols located after the end time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the N2 time domain symbols are occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2. time domain location.
需要说明的是,可选的,N1个时域符号与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置连续或不连续,该N2个时域符号与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置连续或不连续。It should be noted that, optionally, the N1 time domain symbols are continuous or discontinuous with the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the serving cell, and the N2 time domain symbols are continuous or discontinuous with the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图9A所示,该N1个时域符号为该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置,该N1个时域符号与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不连续。该N2个时域符号为该非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置,该N2个时域符号与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不连续。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the N1 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1, and the N1 time domain symbols are discontinuous with the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2, and the N2 time domain symbols are discontinuous with the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图9C所示,该N1个时域符号为该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置,该N1个时域符号与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置连续。该N2个时域符号为该非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置,该N2个时域符号与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不连续。For example, as shown in FIG. 9C , the N1 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1, and the N1 time domain symbols are continuous with the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The N2 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2, and the N2 time domain symbols are discontinuous with the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
需要说明的是,如果期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制,无论N1和N2取值多少,终端设备都可以对N1个时域符号和N2个时域符号上的非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量。It should be noted that if the length of the expected receiving time difference threshold is not limited, the terminal device can perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell on the N1 time domain symbols and N2 time domain symbols regardless of the values of N1 and N2.
下面结合第一时域位置介绍调度限制信息的一些可能的指示方式。Some possible indication manners of the scheduling restriction information are introduced below in conjunction with the first time domain position.
一种可能的实现方式中,若第一时域位置为连续的时域位置,调度限制信息用于指示 第一时域位置的起始时域符号以及第一时域位置包括的时域符号数量,以指示这些第一时域位置上有数据调度限制。In a possible implementation manner, if the first time domain position is a continuous time domain position, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain position and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain position , to indicate that there are data scheduling constraints on these first time domain locations.
例如,如图9C所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置、非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置以及服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。这三部分的时域位置是连续的,在该第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,调度限制信息可以指示该第一时域位置中的起始时域位置以及第一时域位置包括的时域符号。For example, as shown in FIG. 9C , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2, and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The time domain positions of these three parts are continuous, and the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position, and the scheduling restriction information may indicate the starting time domain position and the first time domain position in the first time domain position Included time domain notation.
另一种可能的实现方式中,若第一时域位置为非连续的时域位置,调度限制信息可以为比特位图。比特位图中的比特与子帧或时隙内包括的时域符号一一对应。该比特位图中的比特分别用于指示对应的时域符号的数据调度限制情况。该第一时域位置落在该子帧或该时隙内。In another possible implementation manner, if the first time domain positions are discontinuous time domain positions, the scheduling restriction information may be a bitmap. The bits in the bitmap correspond one-to-one to the time-domain symbols included in the subframe or slot. The bits in the bitmap are respectively used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of corresponding time domain symbols. The first time domain location falls within the subframe or the time slot.
例如,如图9A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置、非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置以及服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。第一时域位置落在一个时隙内,非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置包括该时隙的时域符号1至时域符号3。服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置包括该时隙的时域符号6至时域符号9。非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置包括该时隙的时域符号11至时域符号12。因此,比特位图为0111001111011,比特位图中取值为1的比特代表有数据调度限制,取值为0的比特代表没有数据调度限制。也就是说图9A中的空白部分没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2, and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The first time domain position falls within a time slot, and the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 include time domain symbol 1 to time domain symbol 3 of the time slot. The time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the serving cell include time domain symbol 6 to time domain symbol 9 of the time slot. The time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 include time domain symbol 11 to time domain symbol 12 of the time slot. Therefore, the bitmap is 0111001111011, a bit with a value of 1 in the bitmap means that there is a data scheduling restriction, and a bit with a value of 0 means that there is no data scheduling restriction. That is to say, the blank part in FIG. 9A has no data scheduling restriction.
下面介绍终端设备确定第一时域位置的几种确定方式。Several determination methods for the terminal device to determine the first time domain position are introduced below.
确定方式1、终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。 Determination mode 1. The terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell.
第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。The first time domain location includes a time domain location occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
例如,如图9A所示,终端设备通过非服务小区1的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区1的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备通过非服务小区2的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区2的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。因此,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in Figure 9A, the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 through the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 . The terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 through the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell 2 and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell 2 . Therefore, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 .
例如,如图9B所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置中包括重叠时域位置,该重叠时域位置为非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用时域位置之间的重叠时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9B , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . The time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 includes an overlapping time domain position, and the overlapping time domain position is the overlapping time between the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell domain location.
需要说明的是,若非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的长度以时域符号为单位,且该长度不为时域符号的整数倍,则终端设备可以对该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的长度向上取整,再确定该第一时域位置。例如,如图9B所示,该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置的长度为14.5个时域符号,非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置的长度为13个时域符号,那么终端设备可以确定该第一时域位置包括位于该服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前的15个时域符号(该15个时域符号包括该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域 位置)和位于该服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后的13个时域符号。It should be noted that if the length of the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell is in the time-domain symbol, and the length is not an integer multiple of the time-domain symbol, the terminal device can The length of the domain position is rounded up, and then the first time domain position is determined. For example, as shown in Figure 9B, the length of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 is 14.5 time domain symbols, and the length of the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 is 13 time domain symbols, then The terminal device may determine that the first time domain position includes 15 time domain symbols before the starting time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell (the 15 time domain symbols include the time domain occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 position) and 13 time domain symbols after the end time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
在该实现方式中,可选的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及第一信息确定第一时域位置。In this implementation, optionally, the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the first information.
其中,第一信息包括以下至少一项:非服务小区的PRS的发送周期、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移、帧偏移、PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔、非服务小区的PRS的静默图样。Wherein, the first information includes at least one of the following items: the transmission period of the PRS of the non-serving cell, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols in the continuous time domain of the PRS, the symbol offset, the time slot offset, the frame offset, the PRS The number of repeated transmissions, the time interval between repeated transmissions of the PRS of the non-serving cell, and the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图10A所示,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集的时隙偏移、PRS的持续时域符号数、符号偏移、时隙偏移以及帧偏移可以确定图10A中的第一部分时域位置。终端设备可以根据PRS的发送重复次数、重复发送非服务小区的PRS之间的时间间隔确定第二部分时域位置。终端设备根据非服务小区的PRS的静默图样确定在该PRS的发送周期的位置上的静默图样为发送、不发送、发送。也就是终端设备根据该非服务小区的PRS的发送周期和该PRS的持续时域符号数可以确定第三部分时域位置上非服务小区不发送PRS,而在第四部分时域位置上非服务小区发送PRS。因此可知,第一时域位置包括第一部分时域位置、第二部分时域位置和第四部分时域位置。For example, as shown in Fig. 10A, the terminal device bases on the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the expected reference signal, the time slot offset of the resource set, the number of symbols Offset, slot offset, and frame offset may determine the time domain location of the first portion in FIG. 10A. The terminal device may determine the position of the second part in the time domain according to the number of repetitions of sending the PRS and the time interval between repeated sendings of the PRS of the non-serving cell. The terminal device determines, according to the silent pattern of the PRS of the non-serving cell, that the silent pattern at the position of the transmission cycle of the PRS is to send, not to send, or to send. That is, the terminal device can determine that the non-serving cell does not transmit PRS at the third part of the time domain position according to the PRS transmission period of the non-serving cell and the number of continuous time domain symbols of the PRS, and the non-serving cell at the fourth part of the time domain position The cell sends a PRS. Therefore, it can be known that the first time-domain position includes a first part of time-domain positions, a second part of time-domain positions and a fourth part of time-domain positions.
可选的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置,包括:Optionally, the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, including:
终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell The time difference information determines a first time domain location.
具体的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。然后,终端设备将该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置作为该第一时域位置。Specifically, the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell. The terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. Then, the terminal device takes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell as the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图9D所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9D , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
确定方式2、终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。 Determination mode 2. The terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。The first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
具体的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。然后,终端设备判断每个非服务小区对应的接收时间差是否小于或等于该期望接收时间差门限,若是,则第一时域位置包括该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。若否,则终端设备确定 接收时间差大于该期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区,并将排除非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置中对应的接收时间差大于该期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区占用的时域位置,得到该第一时域位置。Specifically, the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell. Then, the terminal device judges whether the receiving time difference corresponding to each non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and if so, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. If not, the terminal device determines the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and excludes the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold. time domain position, to obtain the first time domain position.
例如,如图9A所示,若非服务小区1对应的接收时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,非服务小区2对应的接收时间差小于期望接收时间差门限,则终端设备可以确定第一时域位置包括该非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A, if the receiving time difference corresponding to non-serving cell 1 is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the receiving time difference corresponding to non-serving cell 2 is smaller than the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device may determine that the first time domain location includes the non-serving time difference threshold. The time domain position occupied by the PRS of cell 2.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、第一信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。关于第一信息请参阅前述介绍。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines the first time domain according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the first information, and the expected receiving time difference threshold Location. For the first information, please refer to the aforementioned introduction.
具体的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的过程请参阅前述的相关介绍。然后,终端设备根据非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。具体的,终端设备将非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置中对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置作为该第一时域位置。Specifically, the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information. For the process of the terminal device determining the time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, please refer to the relevant introduction mentioned above. Then, the terminal device determines the first time domain position according to the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold. Specifically, the terminal device takes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold among the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell as the first time domain position.
需要说明的是,若服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置与非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置之间有重叠部分,第一时域位置包括该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置与非服务小区占用的时域位置之间的重叠时域位置;或者,第一时域位置不包括该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置与非服务小区占用的时域位置之间的重叠时域位置,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that if there is overlap between the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell. The overlapping time domain position between the time domain positions occupied by the serving cell; or, the first time domain position does not include the overlapping time domain position between the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the non-serving cell , the specific application is not limited.
可选的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。Optionally, according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the uncertainty of the serving cell The expected reference signal arrival time difference information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
具体的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。然后,终端设备根据非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和期望接收时间差门限确定应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备将该对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置作为该第一时域位置。Specifically, the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information. Then, the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold according to the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold. The terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. The terminal device takes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell as the first time domain position.
第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。The first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell corresponding to the receiving time difference less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图9A所示,若非服务小区1对应的接收时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,非服务小区2对应的接收时间差小于期望接收时间差门限,则终端设备可以确定第一时域位置包括该非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PR占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A, if the receiving time difference corresponding to non-serving cell 1 is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the receiving time difference corresponding to non-serving cell 2 is smaller than the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device may determine that the first time domain location includes the non-serving time difference threshold. The time domain position occupied by the PRS of cell 2 and the time domain position occupied by the PR of the serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、 非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、第一信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。关于第一信息请参阅前文相关介绍。In a possible implementation, the terminal device uses the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the The uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, the first information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position. For the first information, please refer to the relevant introduction above.
具体的,终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备根据期望接收时间差门限确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置中对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。终端设备将该对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置作为该第一时域位置。Specifically, the terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information. The terminal device determines, according to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. The terminal device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. The terminal device takes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell as the first time domain position.
可选的,该期望接收时间差门限用于确定第二时域位置。Optionally, the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine the second time domain position.
其中,第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与该起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与该结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置。第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长。Wherein, the second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell And a fourth time domain position continuous with the end time domain position. The duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图10B所示,服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与该起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与该结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置上,终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 10B , the third time domain position before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell are after and adjacent to the third time domain position. At the fourth consecutive time domain position at the end time domain position, the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
在该实现方式中,可选的,该能力信息还包括调度限制信息,该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备根据期望接收时间差门限值确定第二时域位置。In this implementation, optionally, the capability information also includes scheduling restriction information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction; or, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device receives the time difference threshold A second time domain location is determined.
可选的,该第二时域位置还包括该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。Optionally, the second time domain position also includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
802、终端设备发送该终端设备的能力信息。802. The terminal device sends capability information of the terminal device.
可选的,终端设备向接入网设备或定位管理设备发送该能力信息。Optionally, the terminal device sends the capability information to the access network device or the location management device.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过RRC信令向接入网设备发送该能力信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends the capability information to the access network device through RRC signaling.
另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备通过LTE定义协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)信令向定位管理设备发送该能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends the capability information to the positioning management device through LTE definition protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) signaling.
在该实现方式中,定位管理设备接收到该能力信息之后,定位管理设备可以将该能力信息发送给接入网设备。In this implementation manner, after the location management device receives the capability information, the location management device may send the capability information to the access network device.
另一方面,定位管理设备接收到能力信息之后,定位管理设备可以结合能力信息确定终端设备能够对哪些非服务小区的PRS进行定位测量,以及结合该能力信息为配置非服务小区的PRS资源。On the other hand, after the location management device receives the capability information, the location management device can combine the capability information to determine which non-serving cell PRS the terminal device can perform location measurement on, and combine the capability information to configure the PRS resources of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图9A所示,能力信息包括调度限制信息和期望接收时间差门限。调度限制信息用于指示第一时域位置上有数据调度限制,该第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。定位管理设备确定非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与服务小区对应的第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时 间差门限。定位管理设备确定非服务小区2对应的第二起始时域位置与服务小区对应的第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限。因此,定位管理设备确定终端设备无法对非服务小区1的PRS进行定位测量,但可以对非服务小区2的PRS进行定位测量。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the capability information includes scheduling restriction information and an expected reception time difference threshold. The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that there is data scheduling restriction on the first time domain position, and the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . The positioning management device determines that the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 and the first initial time domain position corresponding to the serving cell is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold. The positioning management device determines that the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 and the first initial time domain position corresponding to the serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the positioning management device determines that the terminal device cannot perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 , but can perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 .
803、接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息。803. The access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device.
一种可能的实现方式中,基于终端设备向接入网设备发送能力信息的实现方式,上述步骤803具体包括:接入网设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息。In a possible implementation manner, based on an implementation manner in which the terminal device sends capability information to the access network device, the above step 803 specifically includes: the access network device receives the capability information from the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,基于终端设备向定位管理设备发送能力信息的实现方式,上述步骤803具体包括:接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备发送的能力信息。In another possible implementation manner, based on an implementation manner in which the terminal device sends capability information to the location management device, the above step 803 specifically includes: the access network device receives the capability information sent from the location management device.
804、接入网设备基于能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制。804. The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
下面结合能力信息介绍上述步骤804。The above step 804 will be described below in combination with the capability information.
一、能力信息包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据限制或用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。1. The capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data restriction or is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
情况1:调度限制信息用于指示终端设备没有数据调度限制。Case 1: The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
在情况1下,上述步骤804具体包括:接入网设备基于该调度限制信息确定终端设备没有数据调度限制。In case 1, the above step 804 specifically includes: the access network device determines, based on the scheduling restriction information, that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
情况2:调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制。Case 2: The scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
一种可能的实现方式中,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。该第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。In a possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell. The terminal device at the first time domain location has data scheduling restrictions.
可选的,基于情况2,上述图8所示的实施例还包括步骤803a。Optionally, based on case 2, the above embodiment shown in FIG. 8 further includes step 803a.
803a、接入网设备获取非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。803a. The access network device acquires expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。相应的,上述步骤803a具体包括:接入网设备接收来自终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Correspondingly, the above step 803a specifically includes: the access network device receives the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the expected reference signal difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell from the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,定位管理设备向接入网设备发送非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。相应的,上述步骤803a具体包括:接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。In another possible implementation manner, the positioning management device sends the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell to the access network device. Correspondingly, the above step 803a specifically includes: the access network device receives the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell from the positioning management device.
那么上述步骤804具体包括步骤8041和步骤8042。Then the above step 804 specifically includes step 8041 and step 8042 .
8041、接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。8041. The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。The first time domain location includes a time domain location occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
例如,如图9A所示,接入网设备可以根据非服务小区1的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区1的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区1的PRS占 用的时域位置。接入网设备可以根据非服务小区2的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区2的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。因此,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A, the access network device may determine the PRS occupancy of the non-serving cell 1 according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1. time domain location. The access network device may determine the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 2 and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 2 . Therefore, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 .
可选的,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。该第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate that the first time domain position is determined according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the first information. The terminal device at the first time domain location has data scheduling restrictions.
在该实现方式下,可选的,图8所示的实施例还包括步骤803b。In this implementation manner, optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 further includes step 803b.
803b、接入网设备获取第一信息。803b. The access network device acquires the first information.
关于第一信息请参阅前文的相关介绍。For the first information, please refer to the relevant introduction above.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备向接入网设备发送第一信息。相应的,上述步骤803b具体包括:接入网设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device sends the first information to the access network device. Correspondingly, the above step 803b specifically includes: the access network device receiving the first information from the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,定位管理设备向接入网设备发送第一信息。相应的,上述步骤803b具体包括:接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备的第一信息。In another possible implementation manner, the location management device sends the first information to the access network device. Correspondingly, the above step 803b specifically includes: the access network device receiving the first information from the location management device.
基于上述步骤803b,可选的,上述步骤8041具体包括:Based on the above step 803b, optionally, the above step 8041 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information.
接入网设备的具体确定过程可以参阅前述终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置的过程的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。在该实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。The specific determination process of the access network device can refer to the above-mentioned terminal device determining the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell and the first information The relevant introduction of the process will not be repeated here. In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
可选的,该调度限制信息还用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。Optionally, the scheduling restriction information is also used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the service The first time-domain position is determined from the expected reference signal time difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the cell.
在该实现方式中,步骤8041具体包括:In this implementation, step 8041 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the expected reference signal uncertainty of the serving cell, the access network device The signal time difference of arrival information determines a first time domain location.
在该实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
可选的,该能力信息还包括期望接收时间差门限,该调度限制信息用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。Optionally, the capability information also includes an expected reception time difference threshold, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the expected reception A time difference threshold determines a first time domain location.
在该实现方式中,步骤8041具体包括:In this implementation, step 8041 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。具体的确定示例可以参阅前文的相关介绍。The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold. For a specific determination example, refer to the relevant introduction above.
在该实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在该实现方式中,可选的,该调度限制信息用于指示根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置;可选的,上述步骤8041具体包括:In this implementation, optionally, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal Determine the first time-domain position based on the expected time-of-arrival time-difference information and the expected reception time-difference threshold of the uncertainty of the time-of-arrival information serving cell; optionally, the above step 8041 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。According to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the expected reference signal The signal arrival time difference information and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the first time domain position.
在该实现方式中,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
步骤8042、接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。Step 8042, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
若第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the terminal device at the first time domain position has data scheduling restrictions, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device at the first time domain position have data scheduling constraints; or,
若第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the terminal device at the first time domain position has data scheduling restrictions, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device at the first time domain position There are no data scheduling restrictions.
例如,如前文关于终端设备支持的优先级处理能力,如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级(即PRS的优先级高于其他数据),则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as mentioned above about the priority processing capability supported by the terminal device, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device (that is, the priority of the PRS is higher than that of other data), the access network The device determines that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain location.
例如,如前文关于终端设备支持的优先级处理能力,如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级(即PRS的优先级低于其他数据),则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as mentioned above about the priority processing capability supported by the terminal device, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data service of the terminal device (that is, the priority of the PRS is lower than that of other data), the access network The device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain location.
例如,如图9A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
例如,如图9B所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置、非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9B , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1, the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2, and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
例如,如图11A所示,非服务小区1对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,非服务小区3对应的接收时间差大于期望接收时间差门限。因此,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。若终端设备的定 位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 11A , the receiving time difference corresponding to non-serving cell 1 is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the receiving time difference corresponding to non-serving cell 3 is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置;可选的,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In a possible implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell; optionally, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a serving cell.
若能力信息还包括期望接收时间差门限,则上述步骤8042具体包括:If the capability information also includes the expected receiving time difference threshold, the above step 8042 specifically includes:
1、若第一起始时域位置与非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,1. If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data of the terminal device priority of the service, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position; or,
例如,如图9D所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置为非服务小区1的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置。服务小区对应的第一起始时域位置为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置。如果该非服务小区1对应的第一起始时域位置第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9D , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 . The second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 is the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 . The first initial time domain position corresponding to the serving cell is the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data service of the terminal device priority, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of non-serving cell 1.
例如,如图9E所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区2对应的第二起始时域位置为非服务小区2的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置。服务小区对应的第一起始时域位置为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置。如果该非服务小区2对应的第一起始时域位置第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备的数据有调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9E , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . The second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 is the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 2 . The first initial time domain position corresponding to the serving cell is the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data service of the terminal device priority, the access network device determines that the data of the terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 has scheduling restrictions.
2、若第一起始时域位置与非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,2. If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data of the terminal device priority of the service, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the first time domain position; or,
例如,如图9D所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置为非服务小区1的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置。服务小区对应的第一起始时域位置为服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的时域位置。如果该非服务小区1对应的第一起始时域位置第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9D , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 . The second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 is the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 . The first initial time domain position corresponding to the serving cell is the time domain position corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data service of the terminal device priority, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of non-serving cell 1.
3、若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一目标时域位置内终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,3. If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data service of the terminal device priority, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions in the first target time domain position; or,
其中,第一目标时域位置包括第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号。第一小区为对应的第 起始二时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区。Wherein, the first target time domain position includes a time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell. The first cell is a non-serving cell whose time difference between the corresponding second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图11A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区3的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区3对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,因此接入网设备不会对非服务小区3的PRS进行定位测量,对于非服务小区3的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于期望接收时间差门限。因此,第一小区包括非服务小区1,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备在非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 11A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 3 and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, so the access network device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 3. There is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal equipment at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 and the first initial time domain position is smaller than the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the first cell includes the non-serving cell 1, and if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device is located in the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 End devices have no data scheduling restrictions.
例如,如图11B所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区4对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,因此接入网设备不会对非服务小区4的PRS进行定位测量。因此在非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度。非服务小区2对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于期望接收时间差门限。因此,第一小区包括非服务小区2,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备在非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 11B , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 4 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 4 and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, so the access network device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 4 . Therefore, there is no data scheduling for the terminal equipment at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 4 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 and the first initial time domain position is smaller than the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the first cell includes the non-serving cell 2, and if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device is located in the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 End devices have no data scheduling restrictions.
需要说明的是,上述图11A和图11B仅仅是一种示例,实际上不同非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置之间可以有重叠的部分时域位置,也可以没有重叠的部分时域位置,具体视不同非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的具体位置情况,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are just examples. In fact, the time domain positions occupied by PRSs of different non-serving cells may or may not overlap. , depending on the specific location of the time domain locations occupied by the PRSs of different non-serving cells, which is not limited in this application.
4、若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一目标时域位置内终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,4. If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data service of the terminal device priority, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device in the first target time domain position; or,
其中,第一目标时域位置包括第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号。第一小区为对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区。Wherein, the first target time domain position includes a time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell. The first cell is a non-serving cell whose corresponding time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图11A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区3的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区3对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,因此终端设备不会对非服务小区3的PRS进行定位测量。因此在非服务小区3的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于期望接收时间差门限。因此,第一小区包括非服务小区1,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备在非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 11A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 3 and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, so the terminal device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . Therefore, there is no data scheduling restriction for the terminal equipment at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 and the first initial time domain position is smaller than the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the first cell includes non-serving cell 1. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device will be at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1. End devices have data scheduling constraints.
二、能力信息包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上的数据调度限制。2. The capability information includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the position in the first time domain.
第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。The first time domain location includes a time domain location occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
可选的,第一时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置之前的N1个时域符号和位于服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置之后的N2个时域符号。该N1个时域符号是位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前,终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。该N2个时域符号是位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后,终端设备的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。N1和N2为大于或等于0的整数。Optionally, the first time domain position includes N1 time domain symbols before the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and N2 time domain symbols after the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The N1 time domain symbols are the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device before the initial time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. The N2 time-domain symbols are the time-domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell of the terminal device after the end time-domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. N1 and N2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
可选的,第一时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。Optionally, the first time domain position further includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上没有数据调度限制。在该实现方式下,N1和N2的取值都为0,表示终端设备没有数据调度限制。In a possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position. In this implementation manner, the values of N1 and N2 are both 0, indicating that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction.
另一种可能的实现方式中,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制。例如,当N1大于0,N2等于0时,调度限制信息用于指示该终端设备在该N1个时域符号上有数据调度限制。当该N1等于0,N2大于0时,调度限制信息用于指示该终端设备在该N2个时域符号上有数据调度限制。当该N1和N2均大于0时,调度限制信息用于指示该终端设备在该N1个时域符号和该N2个时域符号上有数据调度限制。In another possible implementation manner, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has a data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position. For example, when N1 is greater than 0 and N2 is equal to 0, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the N1 time domain symbols. When N1 is equal to 0 and N2 is greater than 0, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the N2 time domain symbols. When both N1 and N2 are greater than 0, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the N1 time domain symbols and the N2 time domain symbols.
情况1:第一时域位置是终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。Case 1: The first time domain position is determined by the terminal device according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell.
可选的,第一时域位置是终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定的。关于第一信息请参阅前文的相关介绍。Optionally, the first time domain position is determined by the terminal device according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the first information. For the first information, please refer to the relevant introduction above.
可选的,第一时域位置是终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、第一信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的;Optionally, the first time domain position is the terminal device's expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell, the first information, and the expected reference signal arrival time of the serving cell. The time difference information and the uncertainty of the serving cell are determined by the expected reference signal arrival time difference information;
或者,第一时域位置是终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。Alternatively, the first time domain position is based on the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the The uncertainty of the expected reference signal arrival time difference information is determined.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置包括该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤804具体包括:In a possible implementation manner, the above step 804 specifically includes:
若第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the terminal device at the first time domain position has data scheduling restrictions, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device at the first time domain position have data scheduling constraints; or,
若第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the terminal device at the first time domain position has data scheduling restrictions, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device at the first time domain position There are no data scheduling restrictions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,若能力信息还包括期望接收时间差门限,上述步骤804具体包括:In another possible implementation, if the capability information also includes the expected receiving time difference threshold, the above step 804 specifically includes:
1、若第一起始时域位置与非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,1. If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data of the terminal device priority of the service, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position; or,
例如,如图9A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。第一起始时域位置与非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限。第一起始时域位置与非服务小区2对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限。因此如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . The time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. The time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 Terminal devices on domain locations have data scheduling restrictions.
2、若第一起始时域位置与非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,2. If the time difference between the first initial time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data of the terminal device priority of the service, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the first time domain position; or,
3、若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一目标时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,3. If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than that of the data service of the terminal device priority, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first target time domain position; or,
其中,第一目标时域位置包括第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号。第一小区为对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区。Wherein, the first target time domain position includes a time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell. The first cell is a non-serving cell whose corresponding time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图11B所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区2和非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区2对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差。非服务小区4对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限。因此接入网设备不会对非服务小区4的PRS进行定位测量。因此,第一小区包括非服务小区2。如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 11B , the first time domain position includes the time domain positions occupied by the PRSs of the non-serving cell 2 and the non-serving cell 4 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference. The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 4 and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the access network device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 4 . Thus, the first cell comprises the non-serving cell 2 . If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 .
例如,如图11C所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1至非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差。非服务小区3对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,因此接入网设备不会对非服务小区3的PRS进行定位测量。非服务小区2对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,非服务小区4对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限。因此,第一小区包括非服务小区1、非服务小区2和非服务小区4。如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定非服务小区1、非服务小区2和非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 11C , the first time domain position includes the time domain positions occupied by the PRSs of non-serving cell 1 to non-serving cell 4 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference. The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 3 and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, so the access network device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 4 is the same as the first initial time domain position The time difference between domain locations is less than or equal to the expected reception time difference threshold. Therefore, the first cell includes non-serving cell 1 , non-serving cell 2 and non-serving cell 4 . If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of non-serving cell 1, non-serving cell 2 and non-serving cell 4 The device has data scheduling limitations.
4、若存在非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于 期望接收时间差门限,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一目标时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制;或者,4. If the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than that of the data service of the terminal device priority, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the first target time domain position; or,
其中,第一目标时域位置包括第一小区的PRS占用的时域符号。第一小区为对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区。Wherein, the first target time domain position includes a time domain symbol occupied by the PRS of the first cell. The first cell is a non-serving cell whose corresponding time difference between the second initial time domain position and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图11A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1和非服务小区3的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差。非服务小区3对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限。因此,接入网设备不会对非服务小区3的PRS进行定位测量。因此,第一小区包括非服务小区1。如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 11A , the first time domain position includes time domain positions occupied by PRSs of non-serving cell 1 and non-serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference. The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 3 and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the access network device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . Thus, the first cell comprises the non-serving cell 1 . If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 .
情况2:第一时域位置是终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定的。Case 2: The first time domain position is determined by the terminal device according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
在情况下,第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this case, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by a PRS of a non-serving cell whose corresponding reception time difference is less than or equal to the expected reception time difference threshold.
可选的,第一时域位置是终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、期望接收时间差门限、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定的。在该实现方式下,该第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和该服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。Optionally, the first time-domain position is based on the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell uncertainty, the expected reception time difference threshold, and the expected reference signal arrival time difference of the serving cell. The arrival time difference information and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell are determined. In this implementation, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose corresponding receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述步骤804具体包括:In a possible implementation manner, the above step 804 specifically includes:
若第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the terminal device at the first time domain position has data scheduling restrictions, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device at the first time domain position have data scheduling constraints; or,
例如,第一时域位置包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区(包括非服务小区1和非服务小区2)的PRS占用的时域位置。如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell (including non-serving cell 1 and non-serving cell 2 ). If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position.
若第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制,且终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the terminal device at the first time domain position has data scheduling restrictions, and the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device at the first time domain position There are no data scheduling restrictions.
需要说明的是,可选的,对于第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置的实现方式中,如果第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置之间的重叠时域位置,那么接入网设备可以确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置中排除重叠时域位置之外的时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。对于重叠时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。也就是说在重叠时域位置上终端设备可以接收服务小 区的PRS和非服务小区的PRS,并进行相应的定位测量。It should be noted that, optionally, in the implementation manner in which the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell, if the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell If there is an overlapping time domain position between the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the cell, the access network device can determine the data of the terminal device at the time domain positions other than the overlapping time domain positions in the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell Scheduling constraints. There are no data scheduling restrictions for terminal devices at overlapping time domain locations. That is to say, the terminal device can receive the PRS of the serving cell and the PRS of the non-serving cell at the overlapping time domain position, and perform corresponding positioning measurement.
例如,如图9B所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置与服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置之间有重叠时域位置。因此,接入网设备可以确定非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置中排除重叠时域位置之外的时域位置以及非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9B , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . There is an overlapping time domain position between the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell. Therefore, the access network device can determine the time domain positions excluding overlapping time domain positions among the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the time domain positions occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 .
三、能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限。可选的,上述步骤804具体包括步骤8043和步骤8044。3. The capability information includes the expected receiving time difference threshold. Optionally, the foregoing step 804 specifically includes step 8043 and step 8044 .
8043、接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。8043. The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, and the expected reception time difference threshold.
在该第一时域位置包括接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。The first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
例如,如图11A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区3的PRS占用的时域位置。非服务小区3对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,因此终端设备不会对非服务小区3的PRS进行定位测量。非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限。因此,接入网设备可以确定第一时域位置包括该非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 11A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 3 and the first initial time domain position is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, so the terminal device will not perform positioning measurement on the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . The time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 1 and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold. Therefore, the access network device may determine that the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 .
在上述步骤804之前,终端设备可以按照上述步骤803a所示的方式获取该非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息以及非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。Before the above step 804, the terminal device may acquire the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell in the manner shown in the above step 803a.
可选的,该上述步骤8043具体包括:Optionally, the above step 8043 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、第一信息以及期望接收时间差门限确定第一时域位置。The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the first information, and the expected receiving time difference threshold.
具体的,接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。然后,接入网设备根据期望接收时间差门限从非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置确定第一时域位置。Specifically, the access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information. Then, the access network device determines the first time domain position from the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell according to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图11A所示,接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区3的PRS占用的时域位置。接入网设备确定:非服务小区1对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,非服务小区3对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限。因此,接入网设备可以确定第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in Figure 11A, the access network device determines the PRS occupancy of the non-serving cell 1 according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, and the first information and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 3 . The access network device determines that: the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to non-serving cell 1 and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the second initial time domain position corresponding to non-serving cell 3 The time difference between the location and the first initial time domain location is greater than the expected reception time difference threshold. Therefore, the access network device may determine that the first time domain location includes the time domain location occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 .
可选的,该上述步骤8043具体包括:Optionally, the above step 8043 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性 的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、期望接收时间差门限、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected reception time difference threshold, the expected time difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the non-deterministic The deterministic expected reference signal arrival time difference information determines the first time domain location.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置包括对应的接收时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限的非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell whose receiving time difference is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
例如,如图11B所示,接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置。接入网设备确定:非服务小区2对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,非服务小区4对应的第二起始时域位置与第一起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限。接入网设备根据服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。因此,接入网设备可以确定第一时域位置,第一时域位置包括非服务小区2的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in Figure 11B, the access network device determines the PRS occupancy of the non-serving cell 2 according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, and the first information and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 4. The access network device determines that: the time difference between the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 2 and the first initial time domain position is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell 4 The time difference between the location and the first initial time domain location is greater than the expected reception time difference threshold. The access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell. Therefore, the access network device may determine the first time domain position, and the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
8044、终端设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。8044. The terminal device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position.
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position; or,
若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。具体的相关示例请参阅前述的相关介绍。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position. For specific related examples, please refer to the aforementioned related introductions.
四、能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限,期望接收时间差门限用于确定第二时域位置。Fourth, the capability information includes an expected receiving time difference threshold, and the expected receiving time difference threshold is used to determine the second time domain position.
第二时域位置包括位于服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与该起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置,以及位于服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与该结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置,第三时域位置的时长和第四时域位置的时长分别等于期望接收时间差门限的时长。在第二时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。The second time domain position includes a third time domain position located before the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and continuous with the start time domain position, and a third time domain position located after the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and The fourth time domain position consecutive to the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are respectively equal to the duration of the expected receiving time difference threshold. The terminal device has data scheduling constraints at the second time domain location.
例如,如图10B所示,服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与该起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与该结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置上,终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 10B , the third time domain position before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell are after and adjacent to the third time domain position. At the fourth consecutive time domain position at the end time domain position, the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions.
可选的,第二时域位置还包括服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。Optionally, the second time domain position also includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
可选的,能力信息还包括调度限制信息,调度限制信息用于指示终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,调度限制信息用于指示根据期望接收时间差门限确定第二时域位置。Optionally, the capability information further includes scheduling restriction information, and the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions; or, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate that the second time domain position is determined according to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
基于此,可选的,上述步骤804具体包括步骤8045和步骤8046:Based on this, optionally, the above step 804 specifically includes step 8045 and step 8046:
8045、接入网设备根据期望接收时间差门限确定第二时域位置。8045. The access network device determines the second time domain position according to the expected receiving time difference threshold.
关于第二时域位置请参阅前文相关介绍。For the position of the second time domain, please refer to the relevant introduction above.
8046、接入网设备确定第二时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。8046. The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the second time domain location.
具体的,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第二时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。或者,若终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第二时域位置上 终端设备没有数据调度限制。Specifically, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the second time domain position. Alternatively, if the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction for the terminal device at the second time domain position.
例如,如图10B所示,服务小区的PRS占用的起始时域位置之前且与该起始时域位置连续的第三时域位置和服务小区的PRS占用的结束时域位置之后且与该结束时域位置连续的第四时域位置上,终端设备有数据调度限制。如果终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第三时域位置和第四时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 10B , the third time domain position before and continuous to the start time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell and the end time domain position of the PRS occupation of the serving cell are after and adjacent to the third time domain position. At the fourth consecutive time domain position at the end time domain position, the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions. If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position.
由此可知,本申请的技术方案中,接入网设备根据终端设备的能力信息和终端设备的业务优先级确定终端设备的数据调度限制。从而实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。It can be seen that, in the technical solution of the present application, the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device according to the capability information of the terminal device and the service priority of the terminal device. In this way, the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment, and improve data scheduling performance.
可选的,图8所示的实施例还包括步骤805至步骤807。步骤805至步骤807可以在步骤804之后执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 further includes steps 805 to 807. Step 805 to step 807 may be performed after step 804 .
805、接入网设备向终端设备发送PDCCH。相应的,终端设备接收来自接入网设备的PDCCH。805. The access network device sends the PDCCH to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the PDCCH from the access network device.
具体的,接入网设备调度终端设备的PDCCH。Specifically, the access network device schedules the PDCCH of the terminal device.
可选的,图8所示的实施例还包括步骤805a,步骤805a可以在步骤805之前执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 further includes step 805a, and step 805a may be performed before step 805.
805a、终端设备向接入网设备发送第二信息。相应的,接入网设备接收来自终端设备的第二信息。805a. The terminal device sends the second information to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the second information from the terminal device.
第二信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,M为大于或等于0的整数,N为大于或等于0的整数。The second information is used to indicate that the terminal equipment needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the PDCCH of the terminal equipment, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
可选的,M的取值可以为7、14、28、42、或56;N的取值可以为1、2、3、或4。Optionally, the value of M may be 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N may be 1, 2, 3, or 4.
需要说明的是,在通信协议中,M的取值可以为上述7、14、28、42、56中的至少一个。N的取值可以为上述1、2、3、4中的至少一个。例如,M的取值为{7,14,28,42}。N的取值为{1,2,3}。或者,M的取值为{7,14,28,42,56},N的取值为{1,2,3,4}。It should be noted that, in the communication protocol, the value of M may be at least one of the above 7, 14, 28, 42, and 56. The value of N may be at least one of the above 1, 2, 3, 4. For example, the value of M is {7, 14, 28, 42}. The value of N is {1,2,3}. Alternatively, the value of M is {7, 14, 28, 42, 56}, and the value of N is {1, 2, 3, 4}.
需要说明的是,M和N也可以为其他取值,具体本申请不做限定。例如,M的取值可以为10,15,30,或70等,N的取值可以为5,6,或7等。It should be noted that M and N may also take other values, which are not limited in this application. For example, the value of M can be 10, 15, 30, or 70, etc., and the value of N can be 5, 6, or 7, etc.
需要说明的是,本实施例不限定PDCCH中的CP的类型,具体本申请不做限定。例如,正常循环前缀(normal CP)或者扩展循环前缀(extended CP)。It should be noted that, this embodiment does not limit the type of the CP in the PDCCH, and this application does not specifically limit it. For example, normal cyclic prefix (normal CP) or extended cyclic prefix (extended CP).
需要说明的是,上述是以M个时域符号或N个时隙为时间单位介绍在终端设备的PDCCH之后终端设备需要的时间,实际应用中,本申请的技术方案并不限定采用的时间单位。例如,还可以采用子帧、或分钟等时间单位。It should be noted that the time unit required by the terminal device after the PDCCH of the terminal device is described above using M time domain symbols or N time slots as the time unit. In practical applications, the technical solution of this application does not limit the time unit used . For example, time units such as subframes or minutes may also be used.
可选的,M个时域符号或N个时隙用于终端设备解析PDCCH中承载的DCI以及确定在某个时域符号上终端设备的行为的时间等。M或N的取值与终端设备的解析和处理能力相关。Optionally, the M time-domain symbols or N time slots are used for the terminal device to analyze the DCI carried in the PDCCH and determine the time for the behavior of the terminal device on a certain time-domain symbol. The value of M or N is related to the analysis and processing capabilities of the terminal equipment.
例如,终端设备解析DCI,并确定第X个时域符号上有PDSCH。终端设备需要确定第X+1个时域符号上是否有PRS,并结合终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级和终端设备的数据业务的优先级确定终端设备在第X+1个时域符号上执行的业务。终端设备确定第X个时域符号上的行为所需的时间应当在第X个时域符号之前,也就是说上述M个时域符号或或N 个时隙应当包括该终端设备解析PDCCH中承载的DCI以及终端设备确定在某个时域符号上终端设备的行为的时间,以便于终端设备在第X个时域符号能够选择优先级较高的业务进行处理,从而保障终端设备的业务优先级。For example, the terminal device parses the DCI and determines that there is a PDSCH on the Xth time domain symbol. The terminal device needs to determine whether there is a PRS on the X+1th time domain symbol, and determine whether the terminal device is on the X+1th time domain symbol in combination with the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device and the priority of the data service of the terminal device performed business. The time required for the terminal device to determine the behavior on the X-th time-domain symbol should be before the X-th time-domain symbol, that is to say, the above-mentioned M time-domain symbols or N time slots should include the terminal device's analysis of the behavior carried in the PDCCH. The DCI and the time when the terminal device determines the behavior of the terminal device on a certain time domain symbol, so that the terminal device can select a service with a higher priority for processing at the Xth time domain symbol, thereby ensuring the service priority of the terminal device .
需要说明的是,可选的,当M或N等于0时,代表终端设备支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,也就是终端设备可以同时接收数据和PRS,无需接入网设备提前调度PDCCH。例如,在低频场景下,终端设备可以同时接收数据和PRS。当M或N大于0时,终端设备不支持数据业务和定位测量业务的并发,也就是终端设备无法同时接收数据和PRS。例如,终端设备在高频场景下,终端设备通过同一波束无法同时接收数据和PRS。It should be noted that, optionally, when M or N is equal to 0, it means that the terminal device supports concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device can receive data and PRS at the same time, without requiring the access network device to schedule the PDCCH in advance. For example, in a low-frequency scenario, a terminal device can receive data and PRS at the same time. When M or N is greater than 0, the terminal device does not support concurrent data services and positioning measurement services, that is, the terminal device cannot receive data and PRS at the same time. For example, when a terminal device is in a high-frequency scenario, the terminal device cannot receive data and PRS at the same time through the same beam.
需要说明的是,上述步骤805a仅仅是一种示例方式。实际应用中,终端设备也可以在能力信息中携带该第二信息,并上报给接入网设备,也就是第二信息属于终端设备的一种能力信息。或者,第二信息中的M或N的取值也可以是通信协议预定义的或预配置的,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that the above step 805a is only an exemplary manner. In practical applications, the terminal device may also carry the second information in the capability information and report it to the access network device, that is, the second information belongs to a kind of capability information of the terminal device. Alternatively, the value of M or N in the second information may also be predefined or preconfigured by the communication protocol, which is not specifically limited in this application.
可选的,终端设备还可以向定位管理设备发送该第二信息。Optionally, the terminal device may also send the second information to the location management device.
在该实现方式中,可选的,第二信息包含于能力信息中。也就是终端设备可以通过上述步骤802向定位管理设备发送该第二信息。In this implementation manner, optionally, the second information is included in the capability information. That is, the terminal device may send the second information to the location management device through the above step 802 .
可选的,定位管理设备可以向接入网设备发送该第二信息。Optionally, the location management device may send the second information to the access network device.
可选的,基于上述步骤805a,上述步骤805具体包括:Optionally, based on the above step 805a, the above step 805 specifically includes:
接入网设备基于第二信息向终端设备发送PDCCH。The access network device sends the PDCCH to the terminal device based on the second information.
可选的,基于上述终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制的方案,接入网设备基于第二信息相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度终端设备的PDCCH。Optionally, based on the above-mentioned solution that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position, the access network device advances M time domain symbols or N time slots relative to the third initial time domain position based on the second information Scheduling the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
第三起始时域位置为接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH的起始时域位置,第三起始时域位置落在第一时域位置上。具体的示例与前述前述图6所示的示例类似,具体可以参阅前述的相关介绍。The third initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH to the terminal device, and the third initial time domain position falls on the first time domain position. The specific example is similar to the foregoing example shown in FIG. 6 , and reference may be made to the foregoing related introduction for details.
可选的,基于上述终端设备在第二时域位置上有数据调度限制的方案,接入网设备基于第二信息相对于第四起始时域位置提前M个时域符号或N个时隙调度终端设备的PDCCH。Optionally, based on the above scheme that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the second time domain position, the access network device advances M time domain symbols or N time slots relative to the fourth initial time domain position based on the second information Scheduling the PDCCH of the terminal equipment.
第四起始时域位置为接入网设备向终端设备发送PDSCH的起始时域位置,第四起始时域位置落在第二时域位置上。具体的示例与前述前述图6所示的示例类似,具体可以参阅前述的相关介绍。The fourth initial time domain position is the initial time domain position at which the access network device sends the PDSCH to the terminal device, and the fourth initial time domain position falls on the second time domain position. The specific example is similar to the foregoing example shown in FIG. 6 , and reference may be made to the foregoing related introduction for details.
806、终端设备解析PDCCH,并确定网络设备向终端设备发送的PDSCH的起始时域位置。806. The terminal device parses the PDCCH, and determines the start time domain position of the PDSCH sent by the network device to the terminal device.
807、若满足第一条件,则终端设备忽略或不处理PDSCH。807. If the first condition is met, the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH.
一种可能的实现方式中,基于上述终端设备在第一时域位置上有数据调度限制的方案,第一条件包括:该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置落在第一时域位置上,且该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置与该PDCCH占用的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备忽略或不处理PDSCH。In a possible implementation manner, based on the above-mentioned scheme that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the first time domain position, the first condition includes: the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH falls on the first time domain position, and If the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH and the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH.
在该实现方式中,若该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置落在第一时域位置上,且该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置与该PDCCH占用的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔等于或大于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备根据终端设备的业务优先级确定在PDSCH占用的时域位置上 优先处理哪个业务。In this implementation, if the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH falls on the first time domain position, and the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH and the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH equal to or greater than M time-domain symbols or N time slots, the terminal device determines which service is preferentially processed at the time-domain position occupied by the PDSCH according to the service priority of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,基于上述终端设备在第二时域位置上有数据调度限制的方案,第一条件包括:该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置落在第二时域位置上,且该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置与该PDCCH占用的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备忽略或不处理PDSCH。In another possible implementation manner, based on the above-mentioned solution that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions on the second time domain position, the first condition includes: the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH falls on the second time domain position, And the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH and the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, then the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH.
在该实现方式中,若该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置落在第二时域位置上,且该PDSCH占用的起始时域位置与该PDCCH占用的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔等于或大于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则终端设备根据终端设备的业务优先级确定在PDSCH占用的时域位置上优先处理哪个业务。In this implementation, if the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH falls on the second time domain position, and the time interval between the initial time domain position occupied by the PDSCH and the initial time domain position occupied by the PDCCH equal to or greater than M time-domain symbols or N time slots, the terminal device determines which service is preferentially processed at the time-domain position occupied by the PDSCH according to the service priority of the terminal device.
可选的,图8所示的实施例还包括步骤808,步骤808可以在步骤804之后执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 further includes step 808, which may be performed after step 804.
808、接入网设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息。808. The access network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the access network device.
第一指示信息用于指示在终端设备的PDCCH之后的R个时域符号内优先处理PRS或优先存储终端设备的数据,R为大于0的整数。终端设备的数据包括以下至少一项:PDCCH、PDSCH、AP-CSI-RS。那么终端设备可以在该R个时域符号内优先处理第一指示信息指示的业务。The first indication information is used to indicate that the PRS is preferentially processed or the data of the terminal device is preferentially stored within R time domain symbols after the PDCCH of the terminal device, and R is an integer greater than 0. The data of the terminal equipment includes at least one of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and AP-CSI-RS. Then the terminal device may preferentially process the service indicated by the first indication information within the R time domain symbols.
步骤808与前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤308类似,具体可以参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤308的相关介绍。Step 808 is similar to step 308 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 . For details, please refer to the related introduction of step 308 in the aforementioned embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
需要说明的是,可选的,上述步骤808可以在步骤805a和步骤805的基础上执行,也可以不在步骤805a和步骤805的基础上执行,也就是在步骤804之后直接执行步骤808,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that, optionally, the above step 808 may be performed on the basis of step 805a and step 805, or may not be performed on the basis of step 805a and step 805, that is, step 808 is directly performed after step 804. Applications are not limited.
本申请实施例中,终端设备确定能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,该接收时间差为终端设备接收来自服务小区的PRS的时间与该终端设备接收来自非服务小区的PRS的时间之间的时间差;然后,终端设备发送该能力信息。由此可知,终端设备可以发送能力信息,该能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限;该调度限制信息用于指示终端设备的数据调度限制,该期望接收时间差门限为终端设备支持的最大接收时间差。从而便于接入网设备可以基于该能力信息确定终端设备的数据调度限制,实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, which is the time difference between the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the serving cell and the time when the terminal device receives the PRS from the non-serving cell; then, the terminal device sends the capability information. It can be seen that the terminal device can send capability information, and the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, expected reception time difference threshold; the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the terminal The maximum receive time difference supported by the device. Therefore, it is convenient for the access network device to determine the data scheduling limit of the terminal device based on the capability information, so that the access network device can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal device, and improve data scheduling performance.
本申请中,可选的,若终端设备的服务小区没有PRS,则接收时间差为第一参考时域位置与第二起始时域位置之间的时间差。In this application, optionally, if the serving cell of the terminal device has no PRS, the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time domain position and the second initial time domain position.
该第一参考时域位置是通信协议定义的,或者,是预先配置的,具体本申请不做限定。而终端设备或接入网设备在确定非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置是否需要考虑终端设备的数据调度限制时,可以采用该第一参考信号时域位置与该非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差与期望接收时间差作比较。若该第一参考时域位置与该非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差大于期望接收时间差门限,则终端设备或接入网设备 确定该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置不需要考虑数据调度限制,也就是没有数据调度限制。若该第一参考信号时域位置与该非服务小区对应的第二起始时域位置之间的时间差小于或等于期望接收时间差门限,则终端设备或接入网设备确定该非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置需要考虑数据调度限制。The first reference time domain position is defined by the communication protocol, or is pre-configured, which is not specifically limited in this application. When the terminal device or the access network device determines whether the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell needs to consider the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, it can use the second time domain position corresponding to the first reference signal time domain position of the non-serving cell. The time difference between the starting time domain locations is compared to the expected reception time difference. If the time difference between the first reference time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell is greater than the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device or the access network device determines the time occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell Domain location does not need to consider data scheduling constraints, that is, there are no data scheduling constraints. If the time difference between the first reference signal time domain position and the second initial time domain position corresponding to the non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold, the terminal device or the access network device determines the PRS of the non-serving cell The occupied time domain positions need to consider the data scheduling constraints.
图12为本申请实施例通信方法的另一个实施例示意图。请参阅图12,通信方法包括:Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of the communication method of the embodiment of the present application. Referring to Figure 12, communication methods include:
1201、接入网设备获取非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。1201. The access network device acquires expected reference signal arrival time difference information of a non-serving cell and uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
可选的,上述步骤1201具体包括:接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息。Optionally, the above step 1201 specifically includes: the access network device receiving expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cells and uncertainty expected reference signal arrival time difference information of non-serving cells from the positioning management device or the terminal device.
关于非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息的相关介绍请参阅前文相关介绍,这里不再赘述。For the related introduction of the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell, please refer to the relevant introduction above, and will not repeat them here.
1202、接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。1202. The access network device determines a first time domain position according to expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell.
其中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置。Wherein, the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell.
例如,如图11A所示,接入网设备根据非服务小区1的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区1的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置。接入网设备根据非服务小区3的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区4的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置。那么,接入网设备可以确定该第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置和非服务小区4的PRS占用的时域位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 11A, the access network device determines the PRS occupancy time of the non-serving cell 1 according to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1 and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell 1. domain location. The access network device determines the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 4 according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell 3 and the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell 4 . Then, the access network device may determine that the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 4 .
可选的,图12所示的实施例还包括步骤1201a,步骤1201a可以在步骤1202之前执行。Optionally, the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 further includes step 1201a, and step 1201a may be performed before step 1202.
1201a、接入网设备获取第一信息。1201a. The access network device acquires first information.
可选的,接入网设备接收来自定位管理设备或终端设备的第一信息。关于第一信息请参阅前文的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Optionally, the access network device receives the first information from the location management device or the terminal device. For the first information, please refer to the relevant introduction above, and will not repeat it here.
基于上述步骤1201和步骤1201a,可选的,上述步骤1202具体包括:Based on the above step 1201 and step 1201a, optionally, the above step 1202 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置。接入网设备的确定过程与前述终端设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和第一信息确定第一时域位置的过程类似,具体可以参阅前述的相关介绍。The access network device determines the first time domain position according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the uncertain expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell and the first information. The determination process of the access network device is similar to the process of determining the first time domain position by the terminal device according to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell, and the first information , for details, please refer to the relevant introduction mentioned above.
可选的,上述步骤1202具体包括:Optionally, the above step 1202 specifically includes:
接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、以及服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置。According to the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the non-serving cell, the expected time difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the uncertainty of the serving cell, the access network device The first time domain position is determined with reference to the signal time difference of arrival information.
在该实现方式中,第一时域位置包括非服务小区的PRS占用的时域位置和服务小区的 PRS占用的时域位置。In this implementation manner, the first time domain position includes a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell and a time domain position occupied by the PRS of the serving cell.
1203、接入网设备确定第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。1203. The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain location.
具体的,若终端设备的数据业务的优先级高于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制。若终端设备的数据业务的优先级低于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。Specifically, if the priority of the data service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position. If the priority of the data service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the first time domain position.
例如,如图9A所示,第一时域位置包括非服务小区1的PRS占用的时域位置以及非服务小区2的PRS占有的时域位置。如果终端设备的数据业务的优先级高于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,那么接入网设备可以确定在该第一时域位置上终端设备有数据调度限制;如果端设备的数据业务的优先级低于终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级,则接入网设备确定在第一时域位置上终端设备没有数据调度限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 9A , the first time domain position includes the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 1 and the time domain position occupied by the PRS of the non-serving cell 2 . If the priority of the data service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, then the access network device may determine that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the first time domain position; if the data service of the terminal device has If the priority is lower than the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that there is no data scheduling restriction on the terminal device at the first time domain position.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备获取非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息;然后,接入网设备根据非服务小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息和非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第一时域位置;接入网设备确定第一时域位置上终端设备的数据调度限制。从而实现接入网设备合理有效的进行终端设备的数据调度,提升数据调度性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the access network device acquires the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell; The signal arrival time difference information and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell determine the first time domain position; the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the first time domain position. In this way, the access network equipment can reasonably and effectively perform data scheduling of the terminal equipment, and the data scheduling performance is improved.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。请参阅图13,图13为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图。通信装置可以用于执行图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例中终端设备执行的步骤,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below. Please refer to FIG. 13 . FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be used to execute the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 , and FIG. 12 . For details, please refer to relevant introductions in the foregoing method embodiments.
通信装置1300包括处理模块1301。可选的,通信装置1300还包括收发模块1302。The communication device 1300 includes a processing module 1301 . Optionally, the communication device 1300 further includes a transceiver module 1302 .
收发模块1302可以实现相应的通信功能,收发模块1302还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。处理模块1301用于执行处理操作。The transceiver module 1302 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the transceiver module 1302 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit. The processing module 1301 is configured to perform processing operations.
可选地,该通信装置1300还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块1301可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的方法实施例。Optionally, the communication device 1300 may further include a storage module, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 1301 may read instructions and/or data in the storage module, so that the communication device implements the aforementioned 2. The method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 .
该通信装置1300可以用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。该通信装置1300可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件。收发模块1302用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的接收相关的操作,处理模块1301用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的处理相关的操作。The communication apparatus 1300 may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments. The communication apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device or a component configurable in the terminal device. The transceiver module 1302 is configured to perform receiving-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiments, and the processing module 1301 is configured to perform processing-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiments.
可选的,收发模块1302可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的方法实施例中终端设备的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述图2图7、图8和图12所示的方法实施例中终端设备的接收操作。Optionally, the transceiver module 1302 may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is configured to perform the sending operation of the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 above. The receiving module is configured to perform the receiving operation of the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 .
需要说明的是,通信装置1300可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置1300可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置1300执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。It should be noted that the communication device 1300 may include a sending module instead of a receiving module. Alternatively, the communication device 1300 may include a receiving module instead of a sending module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 1300 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。请参阅图14,图14为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图。通信装置可以用于执行图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施 例中接入网设备执行的步骤,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below. Please refer to FIG. 14 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device can be used to execute the steps performed by the access network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 7, FIG. 8 and FIG. 12. For details, please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiments.
通信装置1400包括处理模块1401。可选的,通信装置1400还包括收发模块1002。The communication device 1400 includes a processing module 1401 . Optionally, the communication device 1400 further includes a transceiver module 1002 .
收发模块1402可以实现相应的通信功能,收发模块1402还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。处理模块1401用于执行处理操作。The transceiver module 1402 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the transceiver module 1402 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit. The processing module 1401 is used for performing processing operations.
可选地,该通信装置1400还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块1401可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的方法实施例。Optionally, the communication device 1400 may further include a storage module, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 1401 may read instructions and/or data in the storage module, so that the communication device implements the aforementioned 2. The method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 .
该通信装置1400可以用于执行上文方法实施例中接入网设备所执行的动作。该通信装置1400可以为接入网设备或者可配置于接入网设备的部件。收发模块1402用于执行上述方法实施例中接入网设备侧的接收相关的操作,处理模块1401用于执行上述方法实施例中接入网设备侧的处理相关的操作。The communication apparatus 1400 may be used to perform the actions performed by the access network device in the above method embodiments. The communication apparatus 1400 may be an access network device or a component configurable in the access network device. The transceiver module 1402 is configured to perform operations related to receiving on the access network device side in the above method embodiments, and the processing module 1401 is configured to perform operations related to processing on the access network device side in the above method embodiments.
可选的,收发模块1402可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的方法实施例中接入网设备的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的方法实施例中接入网设备的接收操作。Optionally, the transceiver module 1402 may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is configured to perform the sending operation of the access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 . The receiving module is configured to perform the receiving operation of the access network device in the above method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 .
需要说明的是,通信装置1400可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置1400可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置1400执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。It should be noted that the communication device 1400 may include a sending module instead of a receiving module. Alternatively, the communication device 1400 may include a receiving module instead of a sending module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the foregoing solution executed by the communication device 1400 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。请参阅图15,图15为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图。通信装置可以用于执行图12所示的实施例中定位管理设备执行的步骤,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below. Please refer to FIG. 15 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be used to execute the steps performed by the positioning management device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 . For details, please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiments.
通信装置1500包括收发模块1501。可选的,通信装置1500还包括处理模块1502。The communication device 1500 includes a transceiver module 1501 . Optionally, the communication device 1500 further includes a processing module 1502 .
收发模块1501可以实现相应的通信功能,收发模块1501还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。处理模块1502用于执行处理操作。The transceiver module 1501 can implement a corresponding communication function, and the transceiver module 1501 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit. The processing module 1502 is used to perform processing operations.
可选地,该通信装置1500还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块1502可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述图8所示的方法实施例。Optionally, the communication device 1500 may further include a storage module, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 1502 may read instructions and/or data in the storage module, so that the communication device implements the aforementioned 8 shows an embodiment of the method.
该通信装置1500可以用于执行上文方法实施例中定位管理设备所执行的动作。该通信装置1500可以为定位管理设备或者可配置于定位管理设备的部件。收发模块1501用于执行上述方法实施例中定位管理设备侧的接收相关的操作,处理模块1502用于执行上述方法实施例中定位管理设备侧的处理相关的操作。The communication apparatus 1500 may be used to perform the actions performed by the positioning management device in the above method embodiments. The communication apparatus 1500 may be a location management device or a component that may be configured in the location management device. The transceiver module 1501 is configured to perform receiving-related operations on the location management device side in the above method embodiments, and the processing module 1502 is configured to perform processing-related operations on the location management device side in the above method embodiments.
可选的,收发模块1501可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中定位管理设备的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中定位管理设备的接收操作。Optionally, the transceiver module 1501 may include a sending module and a receiving module. The sending module is configured to perform the sending operation of the positioning management device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 above. The receiving module is configured to perform the receiving operation of the positioning management device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 above.
需要说明的是,通信装置1500可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置1500可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置1500执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。It should be noted that the communication device 1500 may include a sending module instead of a receiving module. Alternatively, the communication device 1500 may include a receiving module instead of a sending module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 1500 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
下面通过图16示出通信装置为终端设备的一种可能的结构示意图。A schematic structural diagram of a possible structure in which the communication device is a terminal device is shown below through FIG. 16 .
图16示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。为了便于理解和图示方式,图16中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图16所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。Fig. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device. For ease of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 16 , the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 16 , the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, process data of software programs, and the like. Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
为便于说明,图16中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 16 . In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. A memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图16所示,终端设备包括收发单元1610和处理单元1620。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。In the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 16 , the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1610 and a processing unit 1620 . The transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, and the like. A processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
可选的,可以将收发单元1610中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1610中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1610包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Optionally, the device in the transceiver unit 1610 for realizing the receiving function may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device in the transceiver unit 1610 for realizing the sending function may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1610 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc. The sending unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
应理解,收发单元1610用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元1620用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 1610 is used to perform the sending and receiving operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 1620 is used to perform other operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiments except for the transceiving operation.
当该终端设备为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,该收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路或者逻辑电路。When the terminal device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit or a logic circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请还提供一种通信装置,请参阅图17,本申请实施例通信装置的另一个结构示意图。通信装置可以用于执行图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例中接入网设备执行的步骤,可以参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述。The present application also provides a communication device, please refer to FIG. 17 , which is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be used to execute the steps performed by the access network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 , and reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments.
通信装置包括处理器1701。可选的,通信装置还包括存储器1702和收发器1703。The communication device includes a processor 1701 . Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory 1702 and a transceiver 1703 .
一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器1701、存储器1702和收发器1703分别通过总线相连,该存储器中存储有计算机指令。In a possible implementation manner, the processor 1701, the memory 1702, and the transceiver 1703 are respectively connected through a bus, and computer instructions are stored in the memory.
前述实施例中的处理模块1401具体可以是本实施例中的处理器1701,因此该处理器 1701的具体实现不再赘述。前述实施例中的收发模块1402则具体可以是本实施例中的收发器1703,因此收发器1703的具体实现不再赘述。The processing module 1401 in the foregoing embodiments may specifically be the processor 1701 in this embodiment, so the specific implementation of the processor 1701 will not be repeated here. The transceiver module 1402 in the foregoing embodiments may specifically be the transceiver 1703 in this embodiment, so the specific implementation of the transceiver 1703 will not be repeated here.
本申请还提供一种通信装置,请参阅图18,本申请实施例通信装置的另一个结构示意图。通信装置可以用于执行图12所示的实施例中定位管理设备执行的步骤,可以参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述。The present application also provides a communication device, please refer to FIG. 18 , which is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be used to execute the steps performed by the positioning management device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 , and reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments.
通信装置包括处理器1801。可选的,通信装置还包括存储器1802和收发器1803。The communication device includes a processor 1801 . Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory 1802 and a transceiver 1803 .
一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器1801、存储器1802和收发器1803分别通过总线相连,该存储器中存储有计算机指令。In a possible implementation manner, the processor 1801, the memory 1802, and the transceiver 1803 are respectively connected through a bus, and computer instructions are stored in the memory.
前述实施例中的处理模块1502具体可以是本实施例中的处理器1801,因此该处理器1801的具体实现不再赘述。前述实施例中的收发模块1501则具体可以是本实施例中的收发器1803,因此收发器1803的具体实现不再赘述。The processing module 1502 in the foregoing embodiments may specifically be the processor 1801 in this embodiment, so the specific implementation of the processor 1801 will not be repeated here. The transceiver module 1501 in the aforementioned embodiments may specifically be the transceiver 1803 in this embodiment, so the specific implementation of the transceiver 1803 will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端设备和接入网设备。可选的,通信装置还包括定位管理设备。终端设备用于执行上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例中中终端设备执行的全部或部分步骤。接入网设备用于执行图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例中接入网设备执行的全部或部分步骤。定位管理设备用于执行图12所示的实施例中定位管理设备执行的全部或部分步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, where the communication system includes a terminal device and an access network device. Optionally, the communication device further includes a location management device. The terminal device is configured to execute all or part of the steps performed by the terminal device in the above embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 . The access network device is configured to execute all or part of the steps performed by the access network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 . The location management device is configured to execute all or part of the steps performed by the location management device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 .
本申请实施例还提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例的通信方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the communication method in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 .
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例的通信方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the computer executes the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 communication method.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于与存储器相连,调用该存储器中存储的程序,以使得该处理器执行上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例的通信方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip device, including a processor, configured to be connected to the memory, and call the program stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the above-mentioned steps shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 . The communication method of the embodiment.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器,微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述图2、图7、图8和图12所示的实施例的通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。上述任一处提到的存储器可以为只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any of the above-mentioned places can be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, a specific application integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above-mentioned Fig. 2, An integrated circuit for program execution of the communication method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , FIG. 8 and FIG. 12 . The memory mentioned in any of the above can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), etc.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or part of the contribution to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, and are not intended to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: it can still understand the foregoing The technical solutions described in each embodiment are modified, or some of the technical features are replaced equivalently; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions depart from the scope of the technical solutions of the various embodiments of the application.

Claims (35)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    终端设备确定能力信息,所述能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,所述调度限制信息用于指示所述终端设备的数据调度限制,所述期望接收时间差门限为所述终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,所述接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;The terminal device determines capability information, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information, an expected reception time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device, and the expected reception time difference threshold is the The maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, the receiving time difference being the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell;
    所述终端设备发送所述能力信息。The terminal device sends the capability information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    所述终端设备确定第一时域位置;The terminal device determines a first time-domain position;
    所述终端设备确定在所述第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为。The terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and the data transceiving behavior at the first time domain position.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;所述终端设备确定第一时域位置包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes a first non-serving cell; determining the first time domain position by the terminal device includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定所述第一时域位置,所述参考小区为所述服务小区或所述终端设备的一个非服务小区。The terminal device determines the first time domain position according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, and the reference cell is the serving cell or a non-serving cell of the terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;所述终端设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定所述第一时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes a first non-serving cell; Determining the first time domain position by at least one item of the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, including:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于所述期望接收时间差门限;The terminal device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
    所述终端设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考小区的定位辅助信息和所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定所述第一非服务小区的定位参考信号在所述服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;The terminal device determines, according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference cell, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell, that the positioning reference signal of the first non-serving cell is a second time domain position mapped on the serving cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二时域位置和所述第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,所述第三时域位置位于所述第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与所述起始时域位置连续,所述第四时域位置位于所述第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与所述结束时域位置连续,所述第三时域位置的时长和所述第四时域位置的时长都等于所述第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;The terminal device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position The position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the start time domain position, and the fourth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the start time domain position The ending time domain positions are continuous, and the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are both equal to half of the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell the length of the search window;
    所述终端设备将所述第二时域位置、所述第三时域位置和所述第四时域位置作为所述第一时域位置。The terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息确定所述服务小区的定位参考信号占用的第五时域位置;determining, by the terminal device, a fifth time domain position occupied by the positioning reference signal of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第五时域位置和所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;The terminal device determines a sixth time domain position and a seventh time domain position according to the fifth time domain position and the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell;
    所述终端设备将所述第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为所述第一时域 位置,包括:The terminal device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the first time domain position, including:
    所述终端设备将所述第二时域位置、所述第三时域位置、所述第四时域位置、所述第五时域位置、所述第六时域位置和所述第七时域位置作为所述第一时域位置。The terminal device sets the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position and the seventh time domain position domain position as the first time domain position.
  6. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:所述服务小区的系统帧号SFN偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the positioning assistance information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a system frame number SFN offset of the serving cell, an expected reference signal arrival time difference Information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set slot offset, positioning reference signal resource slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
    所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:所述第一非服务小区的系统帧号SFN偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号;The positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number SFN offset of the first non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, Resource set slot offset, positioning reference signal resource slot offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol;
    所述参考小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:所述参考小区的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。The positioning assistance information of the reference cell includes at least one of the following: expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the reference cell, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set time slot offset, positioning reference signal resource time slot Offset, positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  7. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定在所述第一时域位置上的定位测量行为和数据收发行为,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the terminal device determines the positioning measurement behavior and data sending and receiving behavior at the first time domain position, including:
    若所述终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于所述终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则所述终端设备在所述第一时域位置上接收定位参考信号,在所述第一时域位置上不接收来自所述接入网设备的数据;或者,If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the terminal device receives a positioning reference signal at the first time domain position, and at the first time domain Data from said access network device is not received at the domain location; or,
    若所述终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于所述终端设备的数据业务的优先级,且所述终端设备的物理下行共享信道PDSCH或非周期信道状态信息参考信号AP-CSI-RS落在所述第一时域位置上,物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始时域位置与所述PDSCH或所述AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置之间的时间间隔小于M个时域符号或N个时隙,则所述终端设备忽略或不处理所述PDSCH或所述AP-CSI-RS,所述终端设备在所述第一时域位置上执行定位参考信号的测量,所述M为大于或等于0的整数,所述N个为大于或等于0的整数,所述PDCCH用于确定所述PDSCH或所述AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, and the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH or the aperiodic channel state information reference signal AP-CSI-RS of the terminal device falls At the first time domain position, the time interval between the initial time domain position of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH and the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or the AP-CSI-RS is less than M time domain symbols or N time slots, the terminal device ignores or does not process the PDSCH or the AP-CSI-RS, the terminal device performs positioning reference signal measurement at the first time domain position, and the M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, the N is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the PDCCH is used to determine the initial time domain position of the PDSCH or the AP-CSI-RS.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、所述第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;所述第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、所述第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;所述第一时隙为所述服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,所述第二时隙为所述非服务小区占用的时隙中距离所述第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;所述第一时长为所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,所述第二时长为所述非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first reference time is located in the initial time domain where the first time slot is located, the initial time domain where the first time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the position, or the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located in the second time slot The initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, or the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the two time lengths; the first time slot is a time slot in the time slots occupied by the serving cell, and the second time slot is a time slot in the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell. The first time slot is the closest time slot in the initial time domain position; the first time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second The duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
    所述第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、所述第一时域符号所在的 起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,所述第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、所述第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;所述第一时域符号为所述服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,所述第二时域符号为所述非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离所述第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;所述第一时长为所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,所述第二时长为所述非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the first time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located. A time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where a time domain symbol is located, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, the second time domain symbol is The time domain position corresponding to the first second time length of the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first The time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, and the second time domain symbol is the distance from the first time domain symbol among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell A time domain symbol with the closest initial time domain position; the first time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second time length is the length of the non-serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the cell; or,
    所述第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、所述第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,所述第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、所述第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,所述第一无线帧为所述服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,所述第二无线帧为所述非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离所述第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;所述第一时长为所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,所述第二时长为所述非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the first radio frame The time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the frame is located, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the initial time where the second radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located, the first wireless frame is the service One of the radio frames occupied by the cell, the second radio frame is the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell; The first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell, and the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell The length of the half search window of .
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时隙为所述服务小区的定位参考信号占用的时隙,所述第二时隙为所述非服务小区的定位参考信号占用的时隙;The method according to claim 8, wherein the first time slot is a time slot occupied by the positioning reference signal of the serving cell, and the second time slot is occupied by the positioning reference signal of the non-serving cell time slot;
    所述第一时域符号为所述服务小区的定位参考信号的占用的时域符号,所述第二时域符号为所述非服务小区的定位参考信号占用的时域符号;The first time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the positioning reference signal of the serving cell, and the second time domain symbol is the time domain symbol occupied by the positioning reference signal of the non-serving cell;
    所述第一无线帧为所述服务小区的定位参考信号的占用的无线帧,所述第二无线帧为所述非服务小区的定位参考信号占用的无线帧。The first radio frame is a radio frame occupied by the positioning reference signal of the serving cell, and the second radio frame is a radio frame occupied by the positioning reference signal of the non-serving cell.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述期望接收时间差门限等于循环前缀CP的长度;或者,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of the cyclic prefix CP; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of a time-domain symbol; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 time slot; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected receiving time difference threshold is not limited.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising:
    所述终端设备向接入网设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在所述终端设备的物理下行控制信道PDCCH之后所述终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,所述M为大于或等于0的整数,所述N为大于或等于0的整数。The terminal device sends first information to the access network device, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs M time domain symbols or N time slots after the physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the terminal device, The M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;所述N的取值为1、2、3、或4。The method according to claim 11, characterized in that, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包含于所述能力信 息中。The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that said first information is contained in said capability information.
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备发送所述能力信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the terminal device sending the capability information includes:
    所述终端设备向定位管理设备或接入网设备发送所述能力信息。The terminal device sends the capability information to the location management device or the access network device.
  15. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, further comprising:
    所述终端设备向接入网设备发送所述非服务小区的定位辅助信息;The terminal device sends the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell to the access network device;
    其中,所述非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:所述非服务小区的系统帧号SFN偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number SFN offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set The time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息包括以下至少一项:调度限制信息、期望接收时间差门限,所述调度限制信息用于指示所述终端设备的数据调度限制,所述期望接收时间差门限为所述终端设备支持的最大接收时间差,所述接收时间差为服务小区的第一参考时间与非服务小区的第二参考时间之间的时间差;The access network device acquires capability information of the terminal device, where the capability information includes at least one of the following: scheduling restriction information and an expected receiving time difference threshold, the scheduling restriction information is used to indicate data scheduling restrictions of the terminal device, and the expected The receiving time difference threshold is the maximum receiving time difference supported by the terminal device, and the receiving time difference is the time difference between the first reference time of the serving cell and the second reference time of the non-serving cell;
    所述接入网设备基于所述能力信息确定所述终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述能力信息包括期望接收时间差门限;所述接入网设备基于所述能力信息确定所述终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the capability information includes an expected reception time difference threshold; and the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device based on the capability information, including:
    所述接入网设备基于所述期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置;determining, by the access network device, an eighth time domain position based on the expected receiving time difference threshold;
    所述接入网设备确定在所述第八时域位置上所述终端设备的数据调度限制。The access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的非服务小区包括第一非服务小区;所述接入网设备基于所述期望接收时间差门限确定第八时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the non-serving cell of the terminal device includes a first non-serving cell; and determining the eighth time domain position by the access network device based on the expected receiving time difference threshold comprises:
    所述接入网设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及所述期望接收时间差门限确定所述第八时域位置。The access network device determines the second location according to at least one of the location assistance information of the serving cell, the location assistance information of the reference signal, and the location assistance information of the first non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold. Eight time domain positions.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及所述期望接收时间差门限确定所述第八时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein the access network device is based on at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell One item and the expected receiving time difference threshold determine the eighth time domain position, including:
    所述接入网设备确定所述第一非服务小区对应的接收时间差小于或等于所述期望接收时间差门限;The access network device determines that the receiving time difference corresponding to the first non-serving cell is less than or equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
    所述接入网设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项确定所述第一非服务小区的定位参考信号在所述服务小区上所映射的第二时域位置;The access network device determines the positioning reference of the first non-serving cell according to at least one of the positioning assistance information of the serving cell, the positioning assistance information of the reference signal, and the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell a second time domain position to which the signal is mapped on the serving cell;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二时域位置和所述第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第三时域位置和第四时域位置,所述第三时域位置位于所述第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与所述起始时域位置连续,所述第四时域位置位于所述第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与所述结束时域位置连续,所述第三时域位置的时长和 所述第四时域位置的时长等于所述第一非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;The access network device determines a third time domain position and a fourth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the first non-serving cell, the third time domain position The time domain position is located before the start time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous with the start time domain position, and the fourth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position And it is continuous with the end time domain position, the duration of the third time domain position and the duration of the fourth time domain position are equal to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information corresponding to the uncertainty of the first non-serving cell the length of the half search window;
    所述接入网设备将所述第二时域位置、所述第三时域位置和所述第四时域位置作为所述第八时域位置。The access network device uses the second time domain position, the third time domain position, and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, further comprising:
    所述接入网设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息确定所述服务小区的定位参考信号占用的第五时域位置;determining, by the access network device, a fifth time domain position occupied by the positioning reference signal of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第五时域位置和所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息确定第六时域位置和第七时域位置;The access network device determines a sixth time domain position and a seventh time domain position according to the fifth time domain position and the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the serving cell;
    所述接入网设备将所述第二时域位置、第三时域位置和第四时域位置作为所述第八时域位置,包括:The access network device using the second time domain position, the third time domain position and the fourth time domain position as the eighth time domain position includes:
    所述接入网设备将所述第二时域位置、所述第三时域位置、所述第四时域位置、所述第五时域位置、所述第六时域位置和所述第七时域位置作为所述第八时域位置。The access network device sets the second time domain position, the third time domain position, the fourth time domain position, the fifth time domain position, the sixth time domain position and the first time domain position The seventh time domain position serves as the eighth time domain position.
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务小区与所述第一非服务小区同步;所述接入网设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息、参考信号的定位辅助信息和所述第一非服务小区的定位辅助信息中的至少一项以及所述期望接收时间差门限确定所述第八时域位置,包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein the serving cell is synchronized with the first non-serving cell; Determining the eighth time domain position by at least one item of the positioning assistance information of the first non-serving cell and the expected receiving time difference threshold includes:
    所述接入网设备根据所述服务小区的定位辅助信息确定所述服务小区的定位参考信号占用的第二时域位置;determining, by the access network device, a second time domain position occupied by a positioning reference signal of the serving cell according to the positioning assistance information of the serving cell;
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二时域位置和所述期望接收时间差门限确定第九时域位置和第十时域位置,所述第九时域位置位于所述第二时域位置的起始时域位置之前且与所述起始时域位置连续,所述第十时域位置位于所述第二时域位置的结束时域位置之后且与所述结束时域位置连续;所述第九时域位置的时长和所述第十时域位置的时长都等于所述期望接收时间差门限;The access network device determines a ninth time domain position and a tenth time domain position according to the second time domain position and the expected receiving time difference threshold, the ninth time domain position is located at the second time domain position Before and continuous to the start time domain position, the tenth time domain position is located after the end time domain position of the second time domain position and is continuous to the end time domain position; the Both the duration of the ninth time domain position and the duration of the tenth time domain position are equal to the expected receiving time difference threshold;
    所述接入网设备将所述第二时域位置、所述第九时域位置和所述第十时域位置作为所述第八时域位置。The access network device uses the second time domain position, the ninth time domain position, and the tenth time domain position as the eighth time domain position.
  22. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备确定在所述第八时域位置上所述终端设备的数据调度限制,包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the access network device determines the data scheduling restriction of the terminal device at the eighth time domain position, comprising:
    若所述终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级高于所述终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则所述接入网设备确定在所述第八时域位置上所述终端设备有数据调度限制;或者,If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is higher than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has data scheduling restrictions at the eighth time domain position ;or,
    若所述终端设备的定位测量业务的优先级低于所述终端设备的数据业务的优先级,则所述接入网设备确定在所述第八时域位置上所述终端设备没有数据调度限制。If the priority of the positioning measurement service of the terminal device is lower than the priority of the data service of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device has no data scheduling restriction at the eighth time domain position .
  23. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 22, further comprising:
    所述接入网设备相对于第三起始时域位置提前M个时域符号调度物理下行控制信道PDCCH,所述第三起始时域位置为所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送物理下行共享信道PDSCH或非周期信道状态信息参考信号AP-CSI-RS的起始时域位置,所述第三起始时域位置落在所述第八时域位置上,所述M为大于或等于0的整数。The access network device schedules the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) M time domain symbols ahead of a third initial time domain position, where the third initial time domain position is sent by the access network device to the terminal device The starting time domain position of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH or the aperiodic channel state information reference signal AP-CSI-RS, the third starting time domain position falls on the eighth time domain position, and the M is greater than or an integer equal to 0.
  24. 根据权利要求16至23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参考时间位于第一时隙所在的起始时域位置、所述第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第一时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置;所述第二参考时间位于第二时隙所在的起始时域位置、所述第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第二时隙所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;所述第一时隙为所述服务小区占用的时隙中的一个时隙,所述第二时隙为所述非服务小区占用的时隙中距离所述第一时隙所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时隙;所述第一时长为所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,所述第二时长为所述非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The method according to any one of claims 16 to 23, wherein the first reference time is located in the initial time domain where the first time slot is located, the initial time domain where the first time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the first time length before the position, or the time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where the first time slot is located; the second reference time is located in the second time slot The initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, the time domain position corresponding to the second time length before the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located, or the second time domain position after the initial time domain position where the second time slot is located The time domain position corresponding to the two time lengths; the first time slot is a time slot in the time slots occupied by the serving cell, and the second time slot is a time slot in the time slots occupied by the non-serving cell. The first time slot is the closest time slot in the initial time domain position; the first time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second The duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the non-serving cell; or,
    所述第一参考时间位于第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置、所述第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,所述第一参考时间位于第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置、所述第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第二时域符号所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置;所述第一时域符号为所述服务小区占用的时域符号中的一个时域符号,所述第二时域符号为所述非服务小区占用的时域符号中距离所述第一时域符号所在的起始时域位置最近的一个时域符号;所述第一时长为所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,所述第二时长为所述非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度;或者,The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located, or the first time domain position where the first time domain symbol is located. A time domain position corresponding to the first time length after the initial time domain position where a time domain symbol is located, the first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, the second time domain symbol is The time domain position corresponding to the first second time length of the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located, or the time domain position corresponding to the second time length after the initial time domain position where the second time domain symbol is located; the first The time domain symbol is one of the time domain symbols occupied by the serving cell, and the second time domain symbol is the distance from the first time domain symbol among the time domain symbols occupied by the non-serving cell A time domain symbol with the closest initial time domain position; the first time length is the length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the serving cell, and the second time length is the length of the non-serving cell The length of the half search window corresponding to the expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the uncertainty of the cell; or,
    所述第一参考时间位于第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置、所述第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第一时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第一时长所对应的时域位置,所述第二参考时间位于第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置、所述第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的前第二时长所对应的时域位置、或所述第二无线帧所在的起始时域位置的后第二时长所对应的时域位置,所述第一无线帧为所述服务小区占用的无线帧中的一个无线帧,所述第二无线帧为所述非服务小区占用的无线帧中距离所述第一无线帧所在的起始时域位置最近的一个无线帧;所述第一时长为所述服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度,所述第二时长为所述非服务小区的不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息对应的半搜索窗的长度。The first reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, the time domain position corresponding to the first duration before the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located, or the first radio frame The time domain position corresponding to the first duration after the initial time domain position where the frame is located, the second reference time is located at the initial time domain position where the second radio frame is located, the initial time where the second radio frame is located The time domain position corresponding to the first second duration of the domain position, or the time domain position corresponding to the second duration after the initial time domain position where the second wireless frame is located, the first wireless frame is the service One of the radio frames occupied by the cell, the second radio frame is the radio frame closest to the initial time domain position where the first radio frame is located among the radio frames occupied by the non-serving cell; The first duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal time difference of arrival information of the serving cell, and the second duration is the length of the half search window corresponding to the uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information of the non-serving cell The length of the half search window of .
  25. 根据权利要求16至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述期望接收时间差门限等于循环前缀CP的长度;或者,The method according to any one of claims 16 to 24, wherein the expected reception time difference threshold is equal to the length of the cyclic prefix CP; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限等于一个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of a time-domain symbol; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限等于0.5时隙;或者,The expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to 0.5 time slot; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限等于半个时域符号的长度;或者,The expected receiving time difference threshold is equal to the length of half a time-domain symbol; or,
    所述期望接收时间差门限的长度没有限制。The length of the expected receiving time difference threshold is not limited.
  26. 根据权利要求16至25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 25, further comprising:
    所述接入网设备接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示在所述终 端设备的物理下行控制信道PDCCH或非周期信道状态信息参考信号AP-CSI-RS之后所述终端设备需要M个时域符号或N个时隙,所述M为大于或等于0的整数,所述N为大于或等于0的整数。The access network device receives first information from the terminal device, and the first information is used to indicate that after the physical downlink control channel PDCCH or the aperiodic channel state information reference signal AP-CSI-RS of the terminal device The terminal device needs M time-domain symbols or N time slots, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M的取值为7、14、28、42、或56;所述N的取值为1、2、3、或4。The method according to claim 26, characterized in that, the value of M is 7, 14, 28, 42, or 56; the value of N is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包含于所述能力信息中。The method according to claim 26 or 27, characterized in that said first information is included in said capability information.
  29. 根据权利要求16至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备获取终端设备的能力信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 28, wherein the access network device obtaining capability information of the terminal device includes:
    所述接入网设备接收来自终端设备或定位管理设备的所述能力信息。The access network device receives the capability information from a terminal device or a location management device.
  30. 根据权利要求16至29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 29, further comprising:
    所述接入网设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述非服务小区的定位辅助信息;The access network device receives the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell from the terminal device;
    其中,所述非服务小区的定位辅助信息包括以下至少一项:所述非服务小区的系统帧号SFN偏移、预期参考信号到达时间差信息、不确定性的预期参考信号到达时间差信息、资源集时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源时隙偏移、定位参考信号资源符号偏移、定位参考信号持续时域符号。Wherein, the positioning assistance information of the non-serving cell includes at least one of the following: system frame number SFN offset of the non-serving cell, expected reference signal arrival time difference information, uncertain expected reference signal arrival time difference information, resource set The time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource time slot offset, the positioning reference signal resource symbol offset, and the positioning reference signal duration time domain symbol.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module;
    所述处理模块用于执行上述权利要求1至15中任一项所述方法的处理操作;所述收发模块用于执行上述权利要求1至15中任一项所述方法的收发操作;或者,The processing module is used to perform the processing operation of the method described in any one of claims 1 to 15; the transceiving module is used to perform the transceiving operation of the method described in any one of claims 1 to 15; or,
    所述处理模块用于执行上述权利要求16至30中任一项所述方法的处理操作;所述收发模块用于执行上述权利要求16至30中任一项所述方法的收发操作。The processing module is configured to perform the processing operation of the method described in any one of claims 16 to 30; the transceiving module is configured to perform the transceiving operation of the method described in any one of claims 16 to 30.
  32. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    存储器,用于存储计算机指令;memory for storing computer instructions;
    处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序或计算机指令,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求16至30中任一项所述的方法。A processor, configured to execute the computer programs or computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, or makes the communication device perform the method according to any one of claims The method of any one of 16 to 30.
  33. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储器中的计算机程序或计算机指令,以执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,或者,以执行如权利要求16至30中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises a processor, and the processor is configured to execute a computer program or a computer instruction in a memory to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, or , to perform the method as described in any one of claims 16-30.
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求16至30中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored thereon, and when the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, Or, the communication device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 16-30.
  35. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求16至30中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, or , causing the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 16-30.
PCT/CN2023/070629 2022-01-07 2023-01-05 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2023131222A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210018470.5 2022-01-07
CN202210018470 2022-01-07
CN202210935716.5A CN116456328A (en) 2022-01-07 2022-08-04 Communication method and communication device
CN202210935716.5 2022-08-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023131222A1 true WO2023131222A1 (en) 2023-07-13

Family

ID=87073203

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/070629 WO2023131222A1 (en) 2022-01-07 2023-01-05 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023131222A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103517314A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-01-15 华为技术有限公司 Wireless resource management method, base station and terminal thereof
CN112020885A (en) * 2020-07-31 2020-12-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Beam management method, beam management device and storage medium
US20210058891A1 (en) * 2019-11-04 2021-02-25 Intel Corporation Positioning reference signal (prs)-based reference signal time difference (rstd) measurements
WO2021221952A1 (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-11-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Minimum positioning reference signal (prs) processing when measurement gaps are not configured

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103517314A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-01-15 华为技术有限公司 Wireless resource management method, base station and terminal thereof
US20210058891A1 (en) * 2019-11-04 2021-02-25 Intel Corporation Positioning reference signal (prs)-based reference signal time difference (rstd) measurements
WO2021221952A1 (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-11-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Minimum positioning reference signal (prs) processing when measurement gaps are not configured
CN112020885A (en) * 2020-07-31 2020-12-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Beam management method, beam management device and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MODERATOR (HUAWEI): "Summary #3 of [107-e-NR-ePos-04] latency improvements", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2112459, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20211111 - 20211119, 19 November 2021 (2021-11-19), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052078313 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020215996A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2018228492A1 (en) Reference signal and message transmission method and transmission resource determination method and device
CN110234139B (en) V2X message sending method, device, system and medium
WO2020221318A1 (en) Uplink beam management method and apparatus
CN112970214B (en) Feedback signaling for side links
RU2763775C1 (en) Method and wireless communication device
WO2020200002A1 (en) Communication method and terminal device
WO2020259363A1 (en) Electronic device and method for wireless communication, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2022027477A1 (en) Ranging signal transmitting and receiving method and apparatus, device, and readable storage medium
WO2021027815A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and apparatus
US20220263613A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
WO2021072662A1 (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback method and apparatus
WO2019137221A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method and device
WO2022011699A1 (en) Communication method and sidelink device
WO2021027806A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2023131222A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2016106685A1 (en) Transmission resource indication method and network device
WO2022141608A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020259293A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021212510A1 (en) Communication method and device
US11108597B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN117395769A (en) Information transmission method and related equipment
CN115428483A (en) Random access method and terminal equipment
CN116456328A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2019090478A1 (en) Transmission time determination method and device, and computer storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23737084

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1